10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10–K

 

 

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 000-50976

 

 

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   01-0666114

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

550 West Van Buren Street

Chicago, Illinois 60607

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

(312) 583-8700

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2012 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $709,200,000.

As of February 12, 2013, 22,919,001 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

 

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of its fiscal year are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PART I

    
    Item 1.  

Business

     1   
    Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     8   
    Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     18   
    Item 2.  

Properties

     18   
    Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     18   
    Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     19   
PART II     
    Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     20   
    Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     22   
    Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     24   
    Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     48   
    Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     48   
    Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     49   
    Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

     49   
    Item 9B.  

Other Information

     49   

PART III

    
    Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     50   
    Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     50   
    Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     51   
    Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     51   
    Item 14.  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     51   

PART IV

    
    Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     52   

SIGNATURES

     56   


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Huron,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the information incorporated by reference herein, that are not historical in nature, including those concerning the Company’s current expectations about its future requirements and needs, are “forward-looking” statements as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are identified by words such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “provides,” “anticipates,” “assumes,” “can,” “meets,” “could,” “intends,” “might,” “predicts,” “seeks,” “would,” “believes,” “estimates,” “plans” or “continues.” These forward-looking statements reflect our current expectation about our future requirements and needs, results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements, including, without limitation, current expectations with respect to, among other factors, utilization rates, billing rates, and the number of revenue-generating professionals; that we are able to expand our service offerings; that we successfully integrate the businesses we acquire; and that existing market conditions continue to trend upward. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including, among others, those described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any anticipated results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information or future events, or for any other reason.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

OVERVIEW

We are a leading provider of operational and financial consulting services. We help clients in diverse industries improve performance, comply with complex regulations, reduce costs, recover from distress, leverage technology, process and review large amounts of complex data, and stimulate growth. We team with our clients to deliver sustainable and measurable results. Our professionals employ their expertise in healthcare administration, management, finance and operations to provide our clients with specialized analyses and customized advice and solutions that are tailored to address each client’s particular challenges and opportunities. We provide consulting services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including healthcare organizations, leading academic institutions, governmental entities, Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized businesses, and the law firms that represent these various organizations.

Huron was formed in March 2002 and commenced operations in May 2002. We were founded by a core group of experienced financial and operational consultants. In October 2004, we completed our initial public offering and became a publicly traded company. We have grown significantly since we commenced operations, increasing the number of our full-time employees from 249 as of May 31, 2002 to 2,283 as of December 31, 2012, through hiring and acquisitions of complementary businesses. Our significant acquisitions have included Stockamp & Associates, Inc. (“Stockamp”) in July 2008; Wellspring Partners, LLC in January 2007; and Glass & Associates, Inc. in January 2007.

We have hired experienced professionals from a variety of organizations, including the four largest public accounting firms, referred to as the Big Four, other consulting firms, and experienced professionals who are subject matter experts across the healthcare, education, legal and financial industries. As of December 31, 2012, we had 112 managing directors who have revenue-generating responsibilities. These individuals have an average of 26 years of business experience. We have a roster of project consultants and contractors who supplement our full-time revenue-generating employees on an as-needed basis.

 

1


Table of Contents

Our headquarters are located in Chicago, Illinois, and we have other domestic and international offices, including those located in the following major metropolitan areas: Atlanta, Georgia; Boston, Massachusetts; Houston, Texas; London, United Kingdom; New York, New York; Portland, Oregon; San Diego, California; and Washington, D.C. We also have nine document review centers located in Chicago, Illinois; Gurgaon, India; Houston, Texas; London, United Kingdom; Miramar, Florida; Morrisville, North Carolina; New York, New York; Charlotte, North Carolina; and Washington, D.C., with approximately 1,500 workstations.

OUR SERVICES

We are a leading provider of operational and financial consulting services. We help clients in diverse industries improve performance, comply with complex regulations, reduce costs, recover from distress, leverage technology, process and review large amounts of data and stimulate growth. We team with our clients to deliver sustainable and measurable results.

We provide our services through three operating segments: Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived 66.9%, 29.6% and 3.5% of our revenues from Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting, respectively.

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its internal financial reporting structure. Under the new structure, the Company will begin reporting information as five operating segments: Huron Healthcare; Huron Education and Life Sciences; Huron Legal; Huron Financial; and an all other category.

Beginning in 2013, the current Health and Education Consulting segment will become two separate segments: Huron Healthcare and Huron Education and Life Sciences. These practices continue to share a significant number of academic medical center clients and will continue to closely collaborate in the market. The Legal Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Legal and the Financial Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Financial. The structure of the Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments remains unchanged. In addition, certain immaterial practices which were historically part of our Health and Education Consulting segment will be combined and disclosed in an all other category. While our consolidated results will not be impacted, we will restate our historical segment information during 2013 for consistent presentation.

For further financial information on our segment results, see “Part II—Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 17 “Segment Information” under “Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Health and Education Consulting

Our Health and Education Consulting segment provides consulting services to hospitals, health systems, physicians, managed care organizations, academic medical centers, colleges, universities, and pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers. This segment’s professionals develop and implement solutions to help clients address challenges relating to financial management, strategy, operational and organizational effectiveness, research administration, and regulatory compliance. This segment also provides consulting services related to hospital or healthcare organization performance improvement, revenue cycle improvement, turnarounds, merger or affiliation strategies, labor productivity, non-labor cost management, information technology, patient flow improvement, physician practice management, interim management, clinical quality and medical management, and governance and board development.

This segment’s practices include:

 

 

Healthcare. Our healthcare practice provides integrated performance solutions for hospitals, health systems and academic medical centers. We partner with clients to deliver improvements to the bottom line by increasing revenues and the effectiveness of operations, through: (i) improving patient flow, utilization of

 

2


Table of Contents
 

technology, quality of care and patient satisfaction; (ii) reducing labor and non-labor costs and systemic inefficiencies; (iii) enhancing leadership and governance to promote transparency and employee satisfaction; and (iv) ensuring compliance with legislation and regulations in a rapidly-evolving healthcare environment.

 

 

Higher Education. Our higher education professionals have extensive industry knowledge and experience working with institutions on mission-critical business issues relating to the financial, operational, technological and regulatory aspects of higher education to develop and implement the most effective solutions. We provide comprehensive and customized service offerings in every aspect of higher education and healthcare administration to improve business performance across the entire organization. We serve research universities, academic medical centers, colleges and universities, research institutions, and international organizations. Our primary service areas include financial management and strategy, resource optimization, strategic sourcing and procurement transformation, performance improvement, interim staffing support, information technology planning and integration, risk management and regulatory compliance, research administration and technology supporting research administration, and global health and education.

 

 

Life Sciences. Our life sciences practice works with organizations to optimize performance, improve operations, mitigate risk, manage compliance, and support counsel in regulatory investigations. Our services to pharmaceutical and medical device companies include government price reporting and commercial contracting, corporate integrity agreements, medical affairs and clinical activities, regulatory and compliance services, off-label communication, sales and marketing compliance, and aggregate spend reporting. In addition, this practice helps clients assess and enhance their compliance and quality programs by conducting investigations and compliance effectiveness assessments, and providing expert testimony, compliance infrastructure redesign, and billing and coding compliance assessments. This practice also specializes in clinical research operational assessments, including clinical research billing and human research protections compliance, conflicts of interest, and other related research services.

Legal Consulting

Our Legal Consulting segment provides advisory and business services to assist law departments of major corporations and law firms with their strategy, organizational design and development, operational efficiency, and cost effectiveness. These results-driven services add value to organizations by helping reduce the amounts they spend on legal services and enhance client service. Our expertise focuses on strategic and management consulting, cost management, and technology and information management, including matter management, records management, document review and discovery services. Included in this segment’s offerings is our Integrated Analytics solution, which is designed to deliver an innovative, comprehensive process resulting in more affordable and predictable discovery costs.

This segment’s practices include:

 

 

Legal advisory business. Our legal advisory practice helps both in-house legal departments and outside counsel enhance the quality of legal services while reducing costs by more efficiently aligning strategy, people, processes, and technology. We provide strategic advice to help legal departments and law firms improve their organizational design and business processes, and to help management in their use of outside counsel. We also have extensive experience in selecting, customizing, and successfully rolling out matter management systems and electronic billing systems that help legal departments track and manage lawsuits and other legal matters. These systems are powerful tools for managing budgets, spending, and resources. We provide similar services for contract management systems, document management systems and systems for managing patent applications.

 

 

Discovery and records management. We work with corporations and law firms to provide solutions to enhance their discovery process management and electronic discovery needs. One area of emphasis is helping clients choose and implement technology solutions that improve legal department operations,

 

3


Table of Contents
 

including litigation preparedness and litigation holds. We provide a full array of digital evidence, discovery, and records management services that include discovery process execution, electronic discovery services, computer forensics, data management, document processing, document review, records program development, records improvement planning and process, and program management, all aimed at reducing costs, coordinating matters and people, streamlining processes and reducing risks. With our Integrated Analytics offering, we provide an innovative, comprehensive e-discovery process with a high degree of accuracy, increased transparency and a capped-cost pricing model. With our state-of-the-art facilities, including a Data Analytics Center, we blend technology and an integrated process to provide a work product that outperforms more traditional methods.

Financial Consulting

Our Financial Consulting segment provides financial advisory, restructuring and turnaround, interim management, valuation, forensic and litigation, and operational improvement consulting services to companies in transition, boards of directors, and investors and lenders. For companies in financial distress, we work with management to assess the viability of their business, to develop and implement a turnaround plan that will improve cash flow, and implement a debt-restructuring plan to improve the balance sheet. In some instances, we serve in interim management roles. When out-of-court solutions are not achievable, we assist clients in preparing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy filings and with all aspects of the bankruptcy process by gathering, analyzing, and presenting financial and business information needed to achieve successful reorganizations. We also provide claims management services to help companies process and analyze complex and voluminous claims filed in bankruptcies and related litigation matters. We have an array of services that are flexible and responsive to event—and transaction-based needs across industries. Our professionals draw on career experience gathered from operations, lending, investment banking, portfolio and asset management, public accounting, and management consulting to provide practical business solutions.

OUR CLIENTS AND INDUSTRIES

We provide consulting services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including healthcare organizations, leading academic institutions, governmental entities, Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized businesses, and the law firms that represent these various organizations. In 2012, we served over 800 clients, including approximately 170 new clients. Our top ten clients represented approximately 34.0%, 35.1%, and 31.8% of our revenues in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. No single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Our clients are in a broad array of industries, including healthcare, education, professional services, pharmaceutical, technology, transportation services, telecommunications, financial services, electronics, consumer products, governmental, energy and utilities and industrial manufacturing. We believe organizations will continue to face complex challenges in the current economic environment. Moreover, greater competition and regulation, particularly as a result of healthcare reform, the proliferation of documents, and the changes within the education space will present significant operational and financial challenges for organizations in a variety of these industries. Many organizations are finding themselves in financial distress and are responding to these challenges by restructuring and reorganizing their businesses and capital structures, while financially healthy organizations are striving to maintain their market positions and capitalize on opportunities by improving operations, reducing costs, and enhancing revenues. In addition, organizations have limited dedicated resources to respond effectively to the challenges and opportunities that exist today. Consequently, we believe these organizations will increasingly seek to augment their internal resources with experienced independent consultants such as us.

EMPLOYEES

Our ability to bring the right expertise together to address client issues requires a willingness to work and think outside the bounds of a single practice or specialty. Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain, and

 

4


Table of Contents

develop highly talented professionals by creating a work environment where both individuals and teams thrive and individuals are rewarded not only for their own contributions but also for the success of our organization as a whole. To accomplish these goals and recognize superior performance, we have adopted a comprehensive rewards program incorporating compensation incentives, training and development opportunities and interactive performance management.

As of December 31, 2012, we had 2,283 full-time employees, including 112 revenue-generating managing directors and 20 non-revenue-generating managing directors and corporate vice presidents, as well as directors, managers, associates, analysts and assistants. Our revenue-generating managing directors serve clients as advisors and engagement team leaders, originate revenue by developing new and existing client relationships, and work to strengthen our intellectual capital, develop our people and enhance our reputation. Our revenue-generating directors and managers manage day-to-day client relationships and oversee the delivery and quality of our work product. Our revenue-generating associates and analysts gather and organize data, conduct detailed analyses and prepare presentations that synthesize and distill information to support recommendations we deliver to clients. Our non-revenue-generating employees include our senior management team and the professionals who work in our facilities, finance, human resources, information technology, legal and marketing departments.

In addition to our full-time employees, we engage project consultants and contractors who supplement our full-time revenue-generating employees on an as-needed basis. These individuals, many of whom have legal or financial credentials along with prior corporate experience, work variable schedules and are readily available to meet our clients’ needs. Utilizing these project consultants and contractors allows us to maintain a pool of talent with a variable cost structure that enables us to adapt quickly to market demands.

We support our employees’ career progression through established training and development programs. We employ structured orientation and training programs for new employees to enable a more effective assimilation into the company. “Milestone” programs are offered to recently promoted employees to support their transition to a new role with greater responsibility. In addition to “milestone” programs, we offer a variety of leadership development programs for those we deem capable of taking on broader roles in the organization. We provide a variety of continuing education opportunities to our employees, including formal classroom environments, on-line courses, and webinars to further develop employees’ technical knowledge and ability to work cooperatively and coach others. We encourage our employees to enhance their professional skills through outside courses that certify their technical skills and to pursue certain advanced degrees. Employees are assigned internal performance coaches to help them establish personal development goals, including identifying opportunities for professional development, formal training, and technical skill certifications.

Our compensation plan includes a competitive base salary structure, performance incentives and benefits. Under our performance management plan, directors, managers, associates and analysts set goals each year with a performance coach. These goals are aligned with our corporate business goals as well as individual interests and development needs. Managing directors set goals with their executive performance coach using a “balanced scorecard.” The incentive compensation plan balances the importance of teamwork with recognition of individual performance. Our incentive compensation is tied to both team and individual performance. Incentives for managing directors are based on their individual performance and contribution to their teams, their practice and our business as a whole. Funding of the incentive pool is based on our achievement of annual corporate financial goals and the relevant practice’s achievement of its financial goals. In 2010 we implemented a new managing director compensation plan to attract and retain senior practitioners. It incorporates targeted compensation levels based on performance with equity as a core component of compensation for every managing director. This approach is intended to encourage retention, align the interests of our managing directors with shareholders and help managing directors build wealth over time. Our benefit programs are designed to be both comprehensive and tailored to our employee population. Through our health, disability, retirement, stock purchase programs and other standard benefit programs, we provide a core sense of security for our employees. We also have in place a travel benefit to recognize the significant travel commitment of our workforce and wellness benefits to support our employees in maintaining a healthy lifestyle.

 

5


Table of Contents

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AND MARKETING

Our business development activities are aimed at developing relationships and building a strong brand reputation with key sources of business and referrals, especially hospital and university administrators, top-tier law firms and the offices of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and general counsel of organizations. We believe that excellent service delivery to clients is critical to building and maintaining relationships and our brand reputation, and we emphasize the importance of client service to all of our employees.

We generate most of our new business opportunities through relationships that our managing directors have with individuals working in healthcare organizations, academic institutions, corporations and top-tier law firms. We also view cross-selling as a key component in building our business. Often, the client relationship of a managing director in one area leads to opportunities in another area. All of our managing directors understand their role in ongoing relationship and business development, which is reinforced through our compensation and incentive programs. We actively seek to identify new business opportunities, and frequently receive referrals and repeat business from past and current clients and from the law firms with which we have worked. In addition, to complement the business development efforts of our managing directors, we have experienced business developers who are focused exclusively on developing client relationships and generating new business through their extensive network of contacts.

We also host, participate in and sponsor conferences that facilitate client development opportunities, promote brand recognition, and showcase our expertise in the industry. For example, during 2012, we hosted such events as the 2012 CEO Forum—Guiding the Healthcare Enterprise Through Unprecedented Change, multiple webinars on Clinical Research Management, Cost Savings in E-Discovery briefings produced through The Huron Legal Institute, as well as numerous other industry webinars and client events. Additionally, we participated in or sponsored numerous conferences for organizations such as National Council of University Research Administrators (NCURA), Association of Corporate Counsel (ACC), Turnaround Management Association (TMA), Health Care Compliance Association (HCCA), ALM (ALM Media Properties, LLC), Center for Business Intelligence (CBI), The Health Management Academy, and the Healthcare Financial Management Association (HFMA). These events provide a forum to build and strengthen client relationships, as well as to stay abreast of industry trends and developments.

We have a centralized marketing department with marketing professionals assigned to each of our practices. These professionals coordinate traditional marketing programs, such as participation in industry events, sponsorship of conferences, development and management of advertising campaigns, development of case studies, and creation and publication of articles in industry publications and newsletters to actively promote our name and capabilities. The marketing department also manages the content delivery on Huron’s website, develops collateral materials, performs research and provides request for proposal support as well as database management to support sales efforts.

COMPETITION

The consulting services industry is extremely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change. The industry includes a large number of participants with a variety of skills and industry expertise, including other business operations and financial consulting firms, general management consulting firms, the consulting practices of major accounting firms, technical and economic advisory firms, regional and specialty consulting firms and the internal professional resources of organizations. We compete with a large number of service providers in all of our segments. Our competitors often vary depending on the particular practice area. In addition, we also expect to continue to face competition from new entrants because the barriers to entry into consulting services are relatively low.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include firm and consultant reputations, the ability to attract and retain top professionals, client and law firm referrals, the ability to manage engagements effectively and the ability to be responsive and provide high quality services. There is also competition on price, although to

 

6


Table of Contents

a lesser extent due to the critical nature of many of the issues that the types of services we offer address. Many of our competitors have a greater geographic footprint, including a broader international presence and name recognition, as well as have significantly greater number of personnel, financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. We believe that our experience, reputation, industry focus, and a broad range and balanced portfolio of service offerings enable us to compete favorably and effectively in the consulting marketplace.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge on our website, www.huronconsultinggroup.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Any materials we file with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

 

7


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

The following discussion of risk factors may be important to understanding the statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or elsewhere. The following information should be read in conjunction with “Part II—Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Discussions about the important operational risks that our business encounters can be found in “Part II—Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

An inability to retain our senior management team and other managing directors would be detrimental to the success of our business.

We rely heavily on our senior management team, our practice leaders, and other managing directors; our ability to retain them is particularly important to our future success. Given the highly specialized nature of our services, the senior management team must have a thorough understanding of our service offerings as well as the skills and experience necessary to manage an organization consisting of a diverse group of professionals. In addition, we rely on our senior management team and other managing directors to generate and market our business. Further, our senior management’s and other managing directors’ personal reputations and relationships with our clients are a critical element in obtaining and maintaining client engagements. Although we enter into non-solicitation agreements with our senior management team and other managing directors, we generally do not enter into non-competition agreements. Accordingly, members of our senior management team and our other managing directors are not contractually prohibited from leaving or joining one of our competitors, and some of our clients could choose to use the services of that competitor instead of our services. If one or more members of our senior management team or our other managing directors leave and we cannot replace them with a suitable candidate quickly, we could experience difficulty in securing and successfully completing engagements and managing our business properly, which could harm our business prospects and results of operations.

Our inability to hire and retain talented people in an industry where there is great competition for talent could have a serious negative effect on our prospects and results of operations.

Our business involves the delivery of professional services and is highly labor-intensive. Our success depends largely on our general ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled professionals. Further, we must successfully maintain the right mix of professionals with relevant experience and skill sets as we continue to grow, as we expand into new service offerings, and as the market evolves. The loss of a significant number of our professionals, the inability to attract, hire, develop, train and retain additional skilled personnel, or failure to maintain the right mix of professionals could have a serious negative effect on us, including our ability to manage, staff and successfully complete our existing engagements and obtain new engagements. Qualified professionals are in great demand, and we face significant competition for both senior and junior professionals with the requisite credentials and experience. Our principal competition for talent comes from other consulting firms and accounting firms, as well as from organizations seeking to staff their internal professional positions. Many of these competitors may be able to offer significantly greater compensation and benefits or more attractive lifestyle choices, career paths or geographic locations than we do. Therefore, we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the skilled consultants we require to conduct and expand our operations successfully. Increasing competition for these revenue-generating professionals may also significantly increase our labor costs, which could negatively affect our margins and results of operations.

Additional hiring, departures, business acquisitions and dispositions could disrupt our operations, increase our costs or otherwise harm our business.

Our business strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to grow by hiring individuals or groups of individuals and by acquiring complementary businesses. However, we may be unable to identify, hire, acquire or successfully integrate new employees and acquired businesses without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial obstacles. From time to time, we will evaluate the total mix of services we provide and

 

8


Table of Contents

we may conclude that businesses may not achieve the results we previously expected. For example, in the second quarter of 2010 we wound down our Japan operations, in the third quarter of 2010 we exited the Disputes and Investigations practice and Utilities Consulting practice, and in the fourth quarter of 2011 we disposed of our Accounting Advisory practice. Competition for future hiring and acquisition opportunities in our markets could increase the compensation we offer to potential employees or the prices we pay for businesses we wish to acquire. In addition, we may be unable to achieve the financial, operational and other benefits we anticipate from any hiring or acquisition, as well as any disposition, including those we have completed so far. New acquisitions could also negatively impact existing practices and cause current employees to depart. Hiring additional employees or acquiring businesses could also involve a number of additional risks, including:

 

 

the diversion of management’s time, attention and resources from managing and marketing our company;

 

 

the failure to retain key acquired personnel or existing personnel who may view the acquisition unfavorably;

 

 

the potential loss of clients of acquired businesses;

 

 

the need to compensate new employees while they wait for their restrictive covenants with other institutions to expire;

 

 

the potential need to raise significant amounts of capital to finance a transaction or the potential issuance of equity securities that could be dilutive to our existing stockholders;

 

 

increased costs to improve, coordinate or integrate managerial, operational, financial and administrative systems;

 

 

the potential assumption of liabilities of an acquired business;

 

 

the usage of earn-outs based on the future performance of our business acquisitions may deter the acquired company from fully integrating into our existing business;

 

 

the perception of inequalities if different groups of employees are eligible for different benefits and incentives or are subject to different policies and programs; and

 

 

difficulties in integrating diverse backgrounds and experiences of consultants, including if we experience a transition period for newly hired consultants that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rates or margins.

All of our prior acquisitions were accounted for as purchases, some of which involved purchase prices well in excess of tangible asset values, resulting in the creation of a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. Under generally accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination that are determined to have indefinite useful lives, but instead review them annually (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise) for impairment. To the extent that we determine that such an asset has been impaired, we will write down its carrying value on our balance sheet and book an impairment charge in our statement of operations. In 2012 and 2011, we took aggregate goodwill impairment charges of $13.1 million and $22.0 million, respectively, relating to our Financing Consulting segment. If, as a result of acquisitions or otherwise, the amount of intangible assets being amortized increases, so will our amortization charges in future periods.

Also, selling practices and shutting down operations present similar challenges in a service business. Divestitures not only require management’s time, but they can impair existing relationships with clients or otherwise affect client satisfaction, particularly in situations where the divestiture eliminates only part of the complement of consulting services provided to a client. If we fail to successfully address these risks, our ability to compete may be impaired and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

9


Table of Contents

Changes in capital markets, legal or regulatory requirements and general economic or other factors beyond our control could reduce demand for our services, in which case our revenues and profitability could decline.

A number of factors outside of our control affect demand for our services. These include:

 

 

fluctuations in U.S. and global economies in general and the strength and rate of any general economic recovery from the 2008-2009 economic recessions experienced by the U.S. and other countries;

 

 

the U.S. or global financial markets and the availability, costs and terms of credit;

 

 

changes in laws and regulations; and

 

 

other economic factors and general business conditions.

We are not able to predict the positive or negative effects that future events or changes to the U.S. or global economy, financial markets, regulatory and business environment could have on our operations.

If we are unable to manage fluctuations in our business successfully, we may not be able to sustain profitability.

We have grown significantly since we commenced operations, increasing the number of our full-time professionals from 249 as of May 31, 2002 to 2,283 as of December 31, 2012. Additionally, our considerable growth has placed demands on our management and our internal systems, procedures and controls and will continue to do so in the near future. To successfully manage growth, we must periodically adjust and strengthen our operating, financial, accounting and other systems, procedures and controls, which could increase our costs and may adversely affect our gross profits and our ability to sustain profitability if we do not generate increased revenues to offset the costs. As a public company, our information and control systems must enable us to prepare accurate and timely financial information and other required disclosures. If we discover deficiencies in our existing information and control systems that impede our ability to satisfy our reporting requirements, we must successfully implement improvements to those systems in an efficient and timely manner.

Although we have generated positive earnings since we became a public company, we may not sustain profitability in the future. Additionally, the nature of our services and the general economic environment makes it difficult to predict our future operating results. To sustain profitability, we must:

 

 

attract, integrate, retain and motivate highly qualified professionals;

 

 

achieve and maintain adequate utilization and suitable billing rates for our revenue-generating professionals;

 

 

expand our existing relationships with our clients and identify new clients in need of our services;

 

 

successfully resell engagements and secure new engagements every year, which may prove to be difficult in light of the current adverse economic conditions;

 

 

maintain and enhance our brand recognition; and

 

 

adapt quickly to meet changes in our markets, our business mix, the economic environment, the credit markets, and competitive developments.

Our business is becoming increasingly dependent on information technology and will require additional investments in order to grow and meet the demands of our clients.

We depend on the use of sophisticated technologies and systems. Some of our practices provide services that are increasingly dependent on the use of software applications and systems that we do not own and could become unavailable. Moreover, our technology platforms will require continuing investments by us in order to expand existing service offerings and develop complementary services. A portion of our business, in which we utilize third-party software technology, has grown over the last few years and now represents a substantial portion of

 

10


Table of Contents

our total revenues. If third-party software technology that is important to our business does not continue to be available to us, or does not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to provide certain services to clients on a cost-efficient and timely basis, which may harm our financial condition and operating results. Our future success depends on our ability to adapt our services and infrastructure while continuing to improve the performance, features and reliability of our services in response to the evolving demands of the marketplace.

We could experience system failures, service interruptions, or security breaches that could negatively impact our business.

Our organization is comprised of employees who work on matters throughout the United States and overseas. Our technology platform is a “virtual office” from which we all operate. We may be subject to disruption to our operating systems from technology events that are beyond our control, including the possibility of failures at third-party data centers, disruptions to the Internet, natural disasters, power losses and malicious attacks. In addition, despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure and operating systems, including the Internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks or other attacks by third parties seeking to disrupt operations or misappropriate information or similar physical or electronic breaches of security. While we have taken and are taking reasonable steps to prevent and mitigate the damage of such events, including implementation of system security measures, information backup and disaster recovery processes, those steps may not be effective and there can be no assurance that any such steps can be effective against all possible risks. We will need to continue to invest in technology in order achieve redundancies necessary to prevent service interruptions. Access to our systems as a result of a security breach, the failure of our systems, or the loss of data could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or regulatory penalties and disrupt operations, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our reputation could be damaged and we could incur additional liabilities if we fail to protect client and employee data through our own accord or if our information systems are breached.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our clients, partners, and employees. The breadth and complexity of this infrastructure increases the potential risk of security breaches which could lead to potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.

In providing services to clients, we may manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client or employee data, including personal data. As a result, we are subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as the U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other personally identifiable information and international laws such the European Union Directive on Data Protection.

These laws and regulations are increasing in complexity and number. If any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to client or employee data, or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to significant monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, fines, and/or criminal prosecution. In addition, unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or employee data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients and their related revenue in the future.

Our international expansion could result in additional risks.

We operate both domestically and internationally, including in the Middle East, Europe and Asia. Although historically our international operations have been limited, we intend to continue to expand internationally. Such

 

11


Table of Contents

expansion may result in additional risks that are not present domestically and which could adversely affect our business or our results of operations, including:

 

 

compliance with additional U.S. regulations and those of other nations applicable to international operations;

 

 

cultural and language differences;

 

 

employment laws and rules and related social and cultural factors;

 

 

losses related to start-up costs, lack of revenue, higher costs due to low utilization and delays in purchase decisions by prospective clients;

 

 

currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, which are harder to predict in the current adverse global economic climate;

 

 

restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

 

potentially adverse tax consequences and limitations on our ability to utilize loses generated in our foreign operations;

 

 

different regulatory requirements and other barriers to conducting business;

 

 

different or less stable political and economic environments;

 

 

greater personal security risks for employees traveling to or located in unstable locations; and

 

 

civil disturbances or other catastrophic events.

Further, conducting business abroad subjects us to increased regulatory compliance and oversight. For example, in connection with our international operations, we are subject to laws prohibiting certain payments to governmental officials, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. The provisions of the U.K. Bribery Act may apply outside of the U.K. and due to our U.K. based subsidiaries, we and our employees could be subject to liability for alleged activities involving bribery even if such activities were to take place outside of the U.K. A failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in regulatory enforcement actions as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties assessed against us and our employees.

Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of certain of the equity interests in our subsidiaries and a lien on substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiary grantors. If we default on these obligations, our lenders may foreclose on our assets, including our pledged equity interest in our subsidiaries.

On April 14, 2011, we entered into a security agreement with Bank of America (the “Security Agreement”) in connection with our entry into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2011 and amended on August 31, 2012 (the “2011 Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Security Agreement and to secure our obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement, we granted our lenders a first-priority lien, subject to permitted liens, on substantially all of the personal property assets that we and the subsidiary grantors own. This first-priority lien is in addition to the existing pledge (the “Equity Pledge”) that we previously granted to our lenders of 100% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our foreign subsidiaries. If we default on our obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement, our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness and may be able to exercise their liens on the equity interests subject to the Equity Pledge and on their liens on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiary grantors, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, financial condition and liquidity. In addition, the covenants contained in the 2011 Credit Agreement impose restrictions on our ability to engage in certain activities, such as the incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain investments, certain acquisitions and dispositions and the payment of dividends.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and obligations, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable-rate debt, and adversely affect our financial results.

At December 31, 2012, we had outstanding borrowings totaling $192.5 million. Our indebtedness could have meaningful consequences for us, including:

 

 

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because our borrowings are at variable interest rates;

 

 

requiring us to dedicate a larger portion of our cash from operations to service our indebtedness and thus reducing the level of cash for other purposes such as funding working capital, strategic acquisitions, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes; and

 

 

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing.

Our intellectual property rights in our “Huron Consulting Group” name are important, and any inability to use that name could negatively impact our ability to build brand identity.

We believe that establishing, maintaining and enhancing the “Huron Consulting Group” name is important to our business. We are, however, aware of a number of other companies that use names containing “Huron.” There could be potential trade name or service mark infringement claims brought against us by the users of these similar names and marks and those users may have trade name or service mark rights that are senior to ours. If another company were to successfully challenge our right to use our name, or if we were unable to prevent a competitor from using a name that is similar to our name, our ability to build brand identity could be negatively impacted.

Our financial results could suffer if we are unable to achieve or maintain adequate utilization and suitable billing rates for our consultants.

Our profitability depends to a large extent on the utilization and billing rates of our professionals. Utilization of our professionals is affected by a number of factors, including:

 

 

the number and size of client engagements;

 

 

the timing of the commencement, completion and termination of engagements, which in many cases is unpredictable;

 

 

our ability to transition our consultants efficiently from completed engagements to new engagements;

 

 

the hiring of additional consultants because there is generally a transition period for new consultants that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rate;

 

 

unanticipated changes in the scope of client engagements;

 

 

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate level of consultants; and

 

 

conditions affecting the industries in which we practice as well as general economic conditions.

The billing rates of our consultants that we are able to charge are also affected by a number of factors, including:

 

 

our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;

 

 

the market demand for the services we provide;

 

 

an increase in the number of clients in the government sector;

 

 

introduction of new services by us or our competitors;

 

 

our competition and the pricing policies of our competitors; and

 

 

current economic conditions.

 

13


Table of Contents

If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate overall utilization as well as maintain or increase the billing rates for our consultants, our financial results could materially suffer. In addition, our consultants oftentimes perform services at the physical locations of our clients. If there are natural disasters, disruptions to travel and transportation or problems with communications systems, our ability to perform services for, and interact with, our clients at their physical locations may be negatively impacted which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of certain factors, some of which may be outside of our control.

A key element of our strategy is to market our products and services directly to large healthcare providers, such as health systems and acute care hospitals and to increase the number of our products and services utilized by existing clients. The sales cycle for some of our products and services is often lengthy and may involve significant commitment of client personnel. As a consequence, the commencement date of a client engagement often cannot be accurately forecasted. As discussed below, certain of our client contracts contain terms that result in revenue that is deferred and cannot be recognized until the occurrence of certain events. As a result, the period of time between contract signing and recognition of associated revenue may be lengthy, and we are not able to predict with certainty the period in which revenue will be recognized.

Certain of our contracts provide that some portion or all of our fees are at risk if our services do not result in the achievement of certain financial performance targets. To the extent that any revenue is contingent upon the achievement of a performance target, we only recognize revenue upon client confirmation that the performance targets have been achieved. If a client fails to provide such confirmation in a timely manner, our ability to recognize revenue will be delayed.

Other fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations may be due to a number of other factors, some of which are not within our control, including:

 

 

the timing and volume of client invoices processed and payments received, which may affect the fees payable to us under certain of our engagements;

 

 

client decisions regarding renewal or termination of their contracts;

 

 

the amount and timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses; and

 

 

unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs.

We base our annual employee bonus expense upon our expected annual adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for that year. If we experience lower adjusted EBITDA in a quarter without a corresponding change to our full year adjusted EBITDA expectation, our estimated bonus expense will not be reduced, which will have a negative impact on our quarterly results of operations for that quarter. Our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one quarter as an indication of future performance. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Our business performance might not be sufficient for us to meet the full-year financial guidance that we provide publicly.

We provide full-year financial guidance to the public based upon our expectations regarding our financial performance. While we believe that our annual financial guidance provides investors and analysts with insight to our view of the company’s future performance, such financial guidance is based on assumptions that may not always prove to be accurate and may vary from actual results. If we fail to meet the full-year financial guidance that we provide, or if we find it necessary to revise such guidance during the year, the market value of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

14


Table of Contents

Expanding our service offerings or number of offices may not be profitable.

We may choose to develop new service offerings, open new offices or eliminate service offerings because of market opportunities or client demands. Developing new service offerings involves inherent risks, including:

 

 

our inability to estimate demand for the new service offerings;

 

 

competition from more established market participants;

 

 

a lack of market understanding; and

 

 

unanticipated expenses to recruit and hire qualified consultants and to market our new service offerings.

In addition, expanding into new geographic areas and expanding current service offerings is challenging and may require integrating new employees into our culture as well as assessing the demand in the applicable market. If we cannot manage the risks associated with new service offerings or new locations effectively, we are unlikely to be successful in these efforts, which could harm our ability to sustain profitability and our business prospects.

The health care industry is an area of significant focus for our business, and factors that adversely affect the financial condition of the health care industry could consequently affect our business.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from clients in the health care industry. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by conditions affecting the health care industry generally and hospitals and health systems particularly. The health care industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Existing and new federal and state laws and regulations affecting the healthcare industry could create unexpected liabilities for us, could cause us or our clients to incur additional costs and could restrict our or our clients’ operations. Many healthcare laws are complex and their application to us, our clients, or the specific services and relationships we have with our clients are not always clear. In addition, federal and state legislatures have periodically considered programs to reform or amend the U.S. health care system at both the federal and state level, such as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. Due to the significant implementation issues arising under these laws, it is unclear what long-term effects they will have on the health care industry and in turn on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations, or our failure to comply with such laws and regulations, could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.

There are many factors that could affect the purchasing practices, operations, and, ultimately, the operating funds of health care organizations, such as reimbursement policies for health care expenses, federal and state budgetary considerations, consolidation in the health care industry, and regulation, litigation, and general economic conditions. In particular, we could be required to make unplanned modifications of our products and services (which would require additional time and investment) or we could suffer reductions in demand for our products and services as a result of changes in regulations affecting the health care industry, such as changes in the way that health care organizations are paid for their services (e.g. based on patient outcomes instead of services provided).

In addition, state tax authorities have challenged the tax-exempt status of some hospitals and other healthcare facilities claiming such status on the basis that they are operating as charitable and/or religious organizations. If the tax exempt status of any of our clients is revoked or compromised by new legislation or interpretation of existing legislation, that client’s financial health could be adversely affected, which could adversely impact demand for our services, our sales, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to maintain and attract new business and talented personnel depends upon our reputation, the professional reputation of our revenue-generating employees and the quality of our services.

As a professional services firm, our ability to secure new engagements and retain and attract talented personnel depends heavily upon our reputation and the individual reputations of our professionals. Any factor that

 

15


Table of Contents

diminishes our reputation or that of our employees, including not meeting client expectations or misconduct by our employees, could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new engagements, clients and employees. Similarly, because we obtain many of our new engagements from former or current clients or from referrals by those clients or by law firms that we have worked with in the past, any client that questions the quality of our work or that of our consultants could impair our ability to secure additional new engagements and clients.

The profitability of our fixed-fee engagements with clients may not meet our expectations if we underestimate the cost of these engagements.

When making proposals for fixed-fee engagements, we estimate the costs and timing for completing the engagements. These estimates reflect our best judgment regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies and consultants as we plan to deploy them on engagements. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of fixed-fee engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which would have an adverse effect on our profit margin. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, fixed-fee engagements represented 34.7%, 35.4%, and 40.3%, respectively, of our revenues.

Revenues from our performance-based engagements are difficult to predict, and the timing and extent of recovery of our costs is uncertain.

We have engagement agreements under which our fees include a significant performance-based component. Performance-based fees are contingent on the achievement of specific measures, such as our clients meeting cost-saving or other contractually defined goals. The achievement of these contractually-defined goals is subject to acknowledgement by the client and is often impacted by factors outside of our control, such as the actions of the client or other third parties. Because performance-based fees are contingent, revenues on such engagements, which are recognized when all revenue recognition criteria are met, are not certain and the timing of receipt is difficult to predict and may not occur evenly throughout the year. The percentage of our revenues derived from performance-based fees for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was 14.2%, 17.6%, and 11.6%, respectively. A greater number of performance-based fee arrangements may result in increased volatility in our working capital requirements and greater variations in our quarter-to-quarter results, which could affect the price of our common stock. In addition, an increase in the proportion of performance-based fee arrangements may temporarily offset the positive effect on our operating results from an increase in our utilization rate until the related revenues are recognized.

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from a limited number of clients, and our engagement agreements, including those related to our largest clients, can be terminated by our clients with little or no notice and without penalty, which may cause our operating results to be unpredictable.

As a consulting firm, we have derived, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of clients. Our ten largest clients accounted for approximately 34.0%, 35.1%, and 31.8% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. No single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2012, 2011, or 2010. Our clients typically retain us on an engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under fixed-term contracts; the volume of work performed for any particular client is likely to vary from year to year and a major client in one fiscal period may not require or decide not to use our services in any subsequent fiscal period. Moreover, a large portion of our new engagements comes from existing clients. Accordingly, the failure to obtain new large engagements or multiple engagements from existing or new clients could have a material adverse effect on the amount of revenues we generate.

In addition, almost all of our engagement agreements can be terminated by our clients with little or no notice and without penalty. For example, in engagements related to litigation, if the litigation were to be settled, our engagement for those services would no longer be necessary and, therefore, would be terminated. In client engagements that involve multiple engagements or stages, there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us

 

16


Table of Contents

for additional stages of an engagement or that a client will cancel or delay additional planned engagements. For clients in bankruptcy, a bankruptcy court could elect not to retain our interim management consultants, terminate our retention, require us to reduce our fees for the duration of an engagement, or approve claims against fees earned by us prior to or after the bankruptcy filing. Terminations of engagements, cancellations of portions of the project plan, delays in the work schedule or reductions in fees could result from factors unrelated to our services. When engagements are terminated or reduced, we lose the associated future revenues, and we may not be able to recover associated costs or redeploy the affected employees in a timely manner to minimize the negative impact. In addition, our clients’ ability to terminate engagements with little or no notice and without penalty makes it difficult to predict our operating results in any particular fiscal period.

Our engagements could result in professional liability, which could be very costly and hurt our reputation.

Our engagements typically involve complex analyses and the exercise of professional judgment. As a result, we are subject to the risk of professional liability. From time to time, lawsuits with respect to our work are pending. Litigation alleging that we performed negligently or breached any other obligations could expose us to significant legal liabilities and, regardless of outcome, is often very costly, could distract our management, could damage our reputation and could harm our financial condition and operating results. In addition, certain of our engagements, including interim management engagements and corporate restructurings, involve greater risks than other consulting engagements. We are not always able to include provisions in our engagement agreements that are designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services. While we attempt to identify and mitigate our exposure with respect to liability arising out of our consulting engagements, these efforts may be ineffective and an actual or alleged error or omission on our part or the part of our client or other third parties in one or more of our engagements could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we carry professional liability insurance to cover many of these types of claims, but the policy limits and the breadth of coverage may be inadequate to cover any particular claim or all claims plus the cost of legal defense. For example, we provide services on engagements in which the impact on a client may substantially exceed the limits of our errors and omissions insurance coverage. If we are found to have professional liability with respect to work performed on such an engagement, we may not have sufficient insurance to cover the entire liability.

The consulting services industry is highly competitive and we may not be able to compete effectively.

The consulting services industry in which we operate includes a large number of participants and is intensely competitive. We face competition from other business operations and financial consulting firms, general management consulting firms, the consulting practices of major accounting firms, regional and specialty consulting firms, the internal professional resources of organizations and legal services providers. In addition, because there are relatively low barriers to entry, we expect to continue to face additional competition from new entrants into the business operations and financial consulting industries. Competition in the healthcare sector is particularly intense as many of our competitors are seeking to expand their market share in this sector. Many of our competitors have a greater national and international presence, as well as have significantly greater number of personnel, financial, technical and marketing resources. In addition, these competitors may generate greater revenues and have greater name recognition than we do. Some of our competitors may also have lower overhead and other costs and, therefore, may be able to more effectively compete through lower cost service offerings. Our ability to compete also depends in part on the ability of our competitors to hire, retain and motivate skilled professionals, the price at which others offer comparable services, the ability of our competitors to offer new and valuable products and services to clients, and our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients. If we are unable to compete successfully with our existing competitors or with any new competitors, our financial results will be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest could preclude us from accepting engagements thereby causing decreased utilization and revenues.

We provide services in connection with bankruptcy, litigation and other proceedings that usually involve sensitive client information and frequently are adversarial. In connection with bankruptcy proceedings, we are required by law to be “disinterested” and may not be able to provide multiple services to a particular client. In litigation we would generally be prohibited from performing services in the same litigation for the party adverse to our client. In addition, our engagement agreement with a client or other business reasons may preclude us from accepting engagements from time to time with our clients’ competitors or adversaries. As we adjust the size of our operations and the complement of consulting services, the number of conflict situations may continue to increase. Moreover, in many industries in which we provide services, there has been a continuing trend toward business consolidations and strategic alliances. These consolidations and alliances reduce the number of companies that may seek our services and increase the chances that we will be unable to accept new engagements as a result of conflicts of interest. If we are unable to accept new engagements for any reason, our consultants may become underutilized, which would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations in future periods.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

As of December 31, 2012, our principal executive offices in Chicago, Illinois, consisted of approximately 109,000 square feet of office space, under a lease expiring September 2024. We have one five-year renewal option that will allow us to continue to occupy this office space until September 2029. This facility accommodates our executive team and corporate departments, as well as professionals in each of our practices. Additionally, we occupy leased facilities for our other domestic and international offices, including those located in the following major metropolitan areas: Atlanta, Georgia; Boston, Massachusetts; Houston, Texas; London, United Kingdom; New York City, New York; Portland, Oregon; San Diego, California; and Washington, D.C. We also occupy leased facilities for our nine document review centers located in Chicago, Illinois; Gurgaon, India; Houston, Texas; London, United Kingdom; Miramar, Florida; Morrisville, North Carolina; New York City, New York; Charlotte, North Carolina; and Washington, D.C., totaling approximately 1,500 workstations. We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities are available for lease to meet future needs.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Qui Tam Action

On December 9, 2009, plaintiff, Associates Against Outlier Fraud, filed a first amended qui tam complaint against Huron Consulting Group Inc. and others under the federal and New York state False Claims Act (“FCA”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The federal and state FCA authorize private individuals (known as “relators”) to sue on behalf of the government (known as “qui tam” actions) alleging that false or fraudulent claims were knowingly submitted to the government. Once a qui tam action is filed, the government may elect to intervene in the action. If the government declines to intervene, the relator may proceed with the action. Under the federal and state FCA, the government may recover treble damages and civil penalties (civil penalties of up to $11,000 per violation under the federal FCA and $12,000 per violation under the state FCA). On January 6, 2010, the United States declined to intervene in the lawsuit. After the Court granted Huron’s motion to dismiss without prejudice, on September 29, 2010, the relator filed a second amended complaint alleging that Huron and others caused St. Vincent Catholic Medical Center to receive more than $30 million in inflated outlier payments under the Medicare and Medicaid programs in violation of the federal and state FCA and seeking to recover an unspecified amount of civil penalties. On June 18, 2012, Huron filed a Summary Judgment motion which, if won, would have the effect of dismissing the action in its entirety. The Summary Judgment motion is currently pending. We have conducted preliminary settlement discussions with the

 

18


Table of Contents

relator, and as a result we recorded a charge of $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2012, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” No trial date has been set. We believe that the claims are without merit and, absent reasonable settlement, intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter.

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are not a party to or threatened with any other litigation or legal proceeding that, in the current opinion of management, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. However, due to the risks and uncertainties inherent in legal proceedings, actual results could differ from current expected results.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

 

19


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “HURN.” The following table sets forth, on a per share basis and for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our common stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

     High      Low  

2011:

     

First Quarter

   $ 29.85       $ 24.00   

Second Quarter

   $ 31.63       $ 25.30   

Third Quarter

   $ 34.50       $ 27.19   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 39.95       $ 29.66   

2012:

     

First Quarter

   $ 40.84       $ 35.80   

Second Quarter

   $ 40.00       $ 28.49   

Third Quarter

   $ 36.53       $ 28.90   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 36.16       $ 28.51   

Holders

As of February 12, 2013, there were 21 registered holders of record of Huron’s common stock. A number of the Company’s stockholders have their shares in street name; therefore, the Company believes that there are substantially more beneficial owners of its common stock.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since we became a public company. Our board of directors re-evaluates this policy periodically. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the board of directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, terms of our financing arrangements and such other factors as the board of directors deems relevant. In addition, our 2011 Credit Agreement restricts dividends to an amount up to $50 million plus 50% of cumulative consolidated net income from the closing date of the 2011 Credit Agreement plus 50% of the net cash proceeds from equity issuances.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this item appears under “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

20


Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan and our 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan, which was replaced by the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan on a prospective basis, permit the withholding of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock awards to satisfy individual tax withholding requirements. During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, we withheld 17,289 shares of common stock with a weighted average fair market value of $32.66 as a result of such tax withholdings as presented in the table below. We do not have any publicly announced share repurchase plans or programs.

 

Period

  Total Number of
Shares Withheld
to Satisfy Employee
Tax Withholding
Requirements
    Weighted-
Average Fair
Market Value
Per Share
Withheld
    Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
    Maximum Number
of Shares that
May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
 

October 1, 2012 – October 31, 2012

    1,833      $ 34.82        N/A        N/A   

November 1, 2012 – November 30, 2012

    4,355      $ 31.66        N/A        N/A   

December 1, 2012 – December 31, 2012

    11,101      $ 32.70        N/A        N/A   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    17,289      $ 32.66        N/A        N/A   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

N/A – Not applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2012 from our Consolidated Financial Statements. The following data reflects the business acquisitions that we have completed through December 31, 2012. The results of operations for acquired businesses have been included in our results of operations since the date of their acquisitions. The following data also reflects the classification of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2012, as discussed below. See also Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” under “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information. Amounts previously reported on the Statements of Operations for fiscal years 2008 through 2010 have been reclassified in accordance with the discontinued operations section of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements.” The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

(in thousands, except per share data):

   Year Ended December 31,  
   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

          

Revenues

   $ 625,961      $ 606,314      $ 515,668      $ 526,047      $ 430,247   

Reimbursable expenses

     55,764        51,580        43,350        42,577        44,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

     681,725        657,894        559,018        568,624        474,281   

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown in operating expenses) (1):

          

Direct costs

     384,884        376,084        317,025        316,180        256,094   

Intangible assets amortization

     3,809        5,364        4,125        4,695        6,629   

Reimbursable expenses

     55,772        51,673        43,223        42,591        44,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses

     444,465        433,121        364,373        363,466        306,773   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling, general and administrative

     125,266        119,325        111,530        115,914        114,737   

Restructuring charges

     4,004        3,829        4,062        2,234        2,102   

Restatement related expenses

     1,785        4,579        8,666        17,490        —    

Litigation settlements, net

     1,150        1,096        17,316        —          —    

Depreciation and amortization (1)

     18,529        18,524        18,372        21,483        20,634   

Goodwill impairment charges

     13,083        21,973        —          8,034        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     163,817        169,326        159,946        165,155        137,473   

Other gains

     —          —          —          2,687        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     73,443        55,447        34,699        42,690        30,035   

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense, net of interest income

     (8,223     (12,259     (14,402     (12,256     (13,775

Other income (expense), net

     428        (78     262        1,883        (2,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (7,795     (12,337     (14,140     (10,373     (16,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     65,648        43,110        20,559        32,317        13,485   

Income tax expense

     29,695        21,629        13,132        18,668        14,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     35,953        21,481        7,427        13,649        (1,222

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (including (loss) gain on disposal of ($1.9) million, $1.2 million and ($0.4) million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively), net of tax

     475        (962     1,098        (46,522     11,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 36,428      $ 20,519      $ 8,525      $ (32,873   $ 10,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

(in thousands, except per share data):

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Net earnings (loss) per basic share:

         

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 1.64      $ 1.01      $ 0.36      $ 0.68      $ (0.07

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

  $ 0.02      $ (0.05   $ 0.05      $ (2.31   $ 0.62   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1.66      $ 0.96      $ 0.41      $ (1.63   $ 0.55   

Net earnings (loss) per diluted share:

         

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 1.61      $ 0.99      $ 0.36      $ 0.66      $ (0.07

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

  $ 0.02      $ (0.04   $ 0.05      $ (2.26   $ 0.62   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1.63      $ 0.95      $ 0.41      $ (1.60   $ 0.55   

Weighted average shares used in calculating net earnings
(loss) per share:

         

Basic

    21,905        21,324        20,546        20,114        18,257   

Diluted

    22,285        21,676        20,774        20,526        18,257   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

  As of December 31,  
  2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

  $ 25,162      $ 5,080      $ 6,347      $ 6,459      $ 14,106   

Working capital

  $ 83,647      $ 41,822      $ 34,455      $ (210   $ 12,904   

Total assets

  $ 787,850      $ 786,644      $ 788,983      $ 754,215      $ 779,597   

Long-term debt (3)

  $ 192,500      $ 193,500      $ 257,000      $ 219,005      $ 280,204   

Total stockholders’ equity(4)

  $ 445,321      $ 396,789      $ 348,372      $ 326,989      $ 319,026   

 

(1) Intangible assets amortization relating to customer contracts, certain client relationships and software is presented as a component of total direct costs. Depreciation, amortization of leasehold improvements and amortization of other intangible assets are presented as a component of operating expenses.
(2) Includes cash from discontinued operations of $76 thousand, $744 thousand and $1,702 thousand as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(3) Consists of bank borrowings and capital lease obligations, net of current portions.
(4) We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock in the periods presented above. See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities-Dividends.”

 

23


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the information under “Part II-Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” and our historical audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes appearing under “Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation, those described under “Part I-Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

OVERVIEW

We are a leading provider of operational and financial consulting services. We help clients in diverse industries improve performance, comply with complex regulations, reduce costs, recover from distress, leverage technology, process and review large amounts of complex data and stimulate growth. We team with our clients to deliver sustainable and measurable results. Our professionals employ their expertise in healthcare administration, management, finance and operations to provide our clients with specialized analyses and customized advice and solutions that are tailored to address each client’s particular challenges and opportunities. We provide consulting services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including healthcare organizations, leading academic institutions, governmental entities, Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized businesses, and the law firms that represent these various organizations.

We provide our services and manage our business under three operating segments: Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting, and Financial Consulting. See “Part I—Item 1. Business – Overview – Our Services” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of our three segments. In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its internal financial reporting structure. Under the new structure, the Company will begin reporting information as five operating segments: Huron Healthcare; Huron Education and Life Sciences; Huron Legal; Huron Financial; and an all other category.

Beginning in 2013, the current Health and Education Consulting segment will become two separate segments: Huron Healthcare and Huron Education and Life Sciences. These practices continue to share a significant number of academic medical center clients and will continue to closely collaborate in the market. The Legal Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Legal and the Financial Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Financial. The structure of the Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments remains unchanged. In addition, certain immaterial practices which were historically part of our Health and Education Consulting segment will be combined and disclosed in an all other category. While our consolidated results will not be impacted, we will restate our historical segment information during 2013 for consistent presentation.

See Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” under “Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information about our discontinued operations.

How We Generate Revenues

A large portion of our revenues is generated by our full-time consultants who provide consulting services to our clients and are billable to our clients based on the number of hours worked. A smaller portion of our revenues is generated by our other professionals, also referred to as full-time equivalents, all of whom work variable schedules as needed by our clients. Other professionals include specialized finance and operational consultants and our document review and electronic data discovery groups, as well as full-time employees who provide software support and maintenance services to our clients. Our document review and electronic data discovery groups generate revenues primarily based on number of hours worked and units produced, such as pages

 

24


Table of Contents

reviewed or amount of data processed. We translate the hours that these other professionals work on client engagements into a full-time equivalent measure that we use to manage our business. We refer to our full-time consultants and other professionals collectively as revenue-generating professionals.

Revenues generated by our full-time consultants are primarily driven by the number of consultants we employ and their utilization rates, as well as the billing rates we charge our clients. Revenues generated by our other professionals, or full-time equivalents, are largely dependent on the number of consultants we employ, their hours worked and billing rates charged, as well as the number of pages reviewed and amount of data processed in the case of our document review and electronic data discovery groups, respectively.

We generate the majority of our revenues from providing professional services under three types of billing arrangements: time-and-expense, fixed-fee, and performance-based.

Time-and-expense billing arrangements require the client to pay based on either the number of hours worked, the number of pages reviewed, or the amount of data processed by our revenue-generating professionals at agreed upon rates. We recognize revenues under time-and-expense billing arrangements as the related services are rendered. Time-and-expense engagements represented 47.7%, 44.2% and 45.9% of our revenues in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of professional services. We set the fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the engagements. It is the client’s expectation in these engagements that the pre-established fee will not be exceeded except in mutually agreed upon circumstances. We recognize revenues under fixed-fee billing arrangements using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the total services to be provided under the engagement. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, fixed-fee engagements represented approximately 34.7%, 35.4% and 40.3%, respectively, of our revenues.

In performance-based fee billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We enter into performance-based engagements in essentially two forms. First, we generally earn fees that are directly related to the savings formally acknowledged by the client as a result of adopting our recommendations for improving operational and cost effectiveness in the areas we review. Second, we have performance-based engagements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain predefined outcomes occur. Often, performance-based fees supplement our time-and-expense or fixed-fee engagements. We do not recognize revenues under performance-based billing arrangements until all related performance criteria are met. Performance-based fee revenues represented 14.2%, 17.6% and 11.6% of our revenues in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Performance-based fee engagements may cause significant variations in quarterly revenues and operating results depending on the timing of achieving the performance-based criteria.

We also generate revenues from licensing two types of proprietary software to clients. License revenue from our research administration and compliance software is recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 985-605, generally in the month in which the software is delivered. License revenue from our revenue cycle management software is sold only as a component of our consulting projects, and the services we provide are essential to the functionality of the software. Therefore, revenues from these software licenses are recognized over the term of the related consulting services contract in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35. Clients that have purchased one of our software licenses can pay an annual fee for software support and maintenance. Annual support and maintenance fee revenue is recognized ratably over the support period, which is generally one year. These fees are billed in advance and included in deferred revenues until recognized. Support and maintenance revenues represented 3.4%, 2.8% and 2.2% of our revenues in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Our quarterly results are impacted principally by our full-time consultants’ utilization rate, the billing rates we charge our clients, the number of our revenue-generating professionals who are available to work and the amount of performance-based fees recognized, which often vary significantly between quarters. Our utilization rate can

 

25


Table of Contents

be negatively affected by increased hiring because there is generally a transition period for new professionals that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rate. Our utilization rate can also be affected by seasonal variations in the demand for our services from our clients. For example, during the third and fourth quarters of the year, vacations taken by our clients can result in the deferral of activity on existing and new engagements, which would negatively affect our utilization rate. The number of business work days is also affected by the number of vacation days taken by our consultants and holidays in each quarter. We typically have fewer business work days available in the fourth quarter of the year, which can impact revenues during that period.

Time-and-expense engagements do not provide us with a high degree of predictability as to performance in future periods. Unexpected changes in the demand for our services can result in significant variations in utilization and revenues and present a challenge to optimal hiring and staffing. Moreover, our clients typically retain us on an engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under long-term recurring contracts. The volume of work performed for any particular client can vary widely from period to period.

Reimbursable expenses

Reimbursable expenses that are billed to clients, primarily relating to travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with engagements, are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses, and typically an equivalent amount of these expenses are included in total direct costs and reimbursable expenses. Reimbursable expenses also include those subcontractors who are billed to our clients at cost. We manage our business on the basis of revenues before reimbursable expenses. We believe this is the most accurate reflection of our services because it eliminates the effect of reimbursable expenses that we bill to our clients at cost.

Total direct costs

Our most significant expenses are costs classified as total direct costs. These total direct costs primarily include salaries, performance bonuses, payroll taxes and benefits for revenue-generating professionals, legal consulting facilities and technology costs, as well as fees paid to independent contractors that we retain to supplement these professionals, typically on an as-needed basis for specific client engagements. Direct costs also include share-based compensation, which represents the cost of restricted stock and performance-based share awards granted to our revenue-generating professionals. Compensation for share-based awards is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally four to five years. As a result of the granting of restricted common stock awards and anticipated future awards, share-based compensation expense may increase in the future. Total direct costs also include intangible asset amortization relating to customer contracts, certain customer relationships, and software.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, which consist primarily of salaries, performance bonuses, payroll taxes and benefits, as well as share-based compensation for our non-revenue-generating professionals. Compensation for share-based awards is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally four to five years. As a result of the granting of restricted common stock awards and anticipated future awards, share-based compensation expense may increase in the future. Also included in this category are sales and marketing related expenses, rent and other office-related expenses, professional fees, recruiting and training expenses, restatement-related expenses, restructuring charges, litigation settlement expenses and goodwill impairment charges. Other operating expenses include depreciation and certain amortization expenses not included in total direct costs.

Segment results

Segment operating income consists of the revenues generated by a segment, less the direct costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative costs that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated corporate costs

 

26


Table of Contents

include costs related to administrative functions that are performed in a centralized manner that are not attributable to a particular segment. These administrative function costs include corporate office support costs, certain office facility costs, costs relating to accounting and finance, human resources, legal, marketing, information technology and company-wide business development functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate management.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements include disclosure of our significant accounting policies. We review our financial reporting and disclosure practices and accounting policies to ensure that our financial reporting and disclosures provide accurate information relative to the current economic and business environment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assessments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those policies that we believe present the most complex or subjective measurements and have the most potential to impact our financial position and operating results. While all decisions regarding accounting policies are important, we believe that there are four accounting policies that could be considered critical. These critical accounting policies relate to revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services, carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets, and valuation of net deferred tax assets.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Under FASB ASC Topic 605, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services are provided, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We generate the majority of our revenues from providing professional services under three types of billing arrangements: time-and-expense, fixed-fee, and performance-based.

Time-and-expense billing arrangements require the client to pay based on the number of hours worked, the number of pages reviewed, or the amount of data processed by our revenue-generating professionals at agreed upon rates. We recognize revenues under time-and-expense arrangements as the related services are rendered.

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of professional services. We set the fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the engagements. We recognize revenues under fixed-fee billing arrangements using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on work completed to-date versus our estimates of the total services to be provided under the engagement. Estimates of total engagement revenues and cost of services are monitored regularly during the term of the engagement. If our estimates indicate a potential loss, such loss is recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

In performance-based billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We do not recognize revenues under performance-based billing arrangements until all related performance criteria are met.

We also generate revenues from licensing two types of proprietary software to clients. License revenue from our research administration and compliance software is recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 985-605, generally in the month in which the software is delivered. License revenue from our revenue cycle management software is sold only as a component of our consulting projects, and the services we provide are essential to the functionality of the software. Therefore, revenues from these software licenses are recognized over the term of the related consulting services contract in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35.

 

27


Table of Contents

Clients that have purchased one of our software licenses can pay an annual fee for software support and maintenance. Annual support and maintenance fee revenue is recognized ratably over the support period, which is generally one year. These fees are billed in advance and included in deferred revenues until recognized.

We have arrangements with clients in which we provide multiple elements of services under one engagement contract. Revenues under these types of arrangements are allocated to each element based on the element’s fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605 and recognized pursuant to the criteria described above.

Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to review by the bankruptcy courts. Expense reimbursements that are billable to clients are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses, and typically an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses are included in total direct costs and reimbursable expenses. Reimbursable expenses are primarily recognized as revenue in the period in which the expense is incurred. Subcontractors that are billed to clients at cost are also included in reimbursable expenses.

Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue are recognized as either unbilled services or deferred revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Revenues recognized for services performed but not yet billed to clients are recorded as unbilled services. Client prepayments and retainers are classified as deferred revenues and recognized over future periods as earned in accordance with the applicable engagement agreement.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and for services performed but not yet billed based on several factors, including the historical percentages of fee adjustments and write-offs by practice group, an assessment of a client’s ability to make required payments and the estimated cash realization from amounts due from clients. The allowances are assessed by management on a regular basis. These estimates may differ from actual results. If the financial condition of a client deteriorates in the future, impacting the client’s ability to make payments, an increase to our allowance might be required or our allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual write-offs.

We record the provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services as a reduction in revenue to the extent the provision relates to fee adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments on accounts receivables, we record the provision to selling, general and administrative expenses.

Carrying Values of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” requires goodwill to be tested at the reporting unit level for impairment annually or whenever indications of impairment arise. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, we have determined our reporting units to be the Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments. Our policy is to perform the annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30th each year. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of our reporting units and compare this fair value to the carrying value of the reporting units. We tested our goodwill for impairment two times during 2012, as follows:

 

   

In the second quarter of 2012, our Financial Consulting segment leadership undertook several initiatives intended to improve the reporting unit’s financial performance. While the reporting unit’s third quarter financial results improved over the second quarter results, the progress of the financial, operational, and business development improvements was not in line with our expectations, causing us to believe that the likely time frame to improve the reporting unit’s performance would be longer than originally anticipated. Therefore, we concluded that the carrying value of the reporting unit likely

 

28


Table of Contents
 

exceeded its fair value and, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, we performed an interim impairment test. Our goodwill impairment test was performed using the quantitative two-step process required by FASB ASC Topic 350. In the first step, we compared the fair value of the Financial Consulting segment with its net book value (or carrying amount), including goodwill. Based on the result of the first step, we determined that the fair value of our Financial Consulting segment was less than its carrying value as of September 30, 2012 and, as such, we applied the second step of the goodwill impairment test to this reporting unit. The second step compared the implied fair value of the Financial Consulting segment’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit. Based on the result of this second step of the goodwill impairment analysis, we recorded a $13.1 million non-cash pretax charge to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our Financial Consulting segment.

 

   

Pursuant to our policy and in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2012. This test was performed using the quantitative two-step process discussed above. Based on the result of the first step of this goodwill impairment analysis, we determined that the fair values of our Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting, and Financial Consulting segments exceeded their respective carrying values by 80%, 60%, and 14%, respectively. Since the fair value of all reporting units exceeded their carrying values, the second step of the goodwill impairment test was not necessary.

In estimating the fair value of our reporting units, we have relied on a combination of the income approach and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method, with a fifty-fifty weighting. For companies providing services similar to those provided by us, the income and market approaches will generally provide the most reliable indications of value because the value of such companies is more dependent on their ability to generate earnings than on the value of the individual assets.

In the income approach, we utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, which involved estimating the expected after-tax cash flows that will be generated by our reporting units and then discounting those cash flows to present value reflecting the relevant risks associated with the reporting units and the time value of money. This approach requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including long-term projections of future cash flows, market conditions, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, revenue growth, perpetual growth rates and profitability, among others. In estimating future cash flows, we relied on an internally generated five-year forecast. For periods after the five-year forecast, we estimated a 3.5% long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate for our Health and Education Consulting segment and a 3.0% long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate for our Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments. Our forecast is based on our historical experience, current backlog, expected market demand, and other industry information. Our discounted cash flow analysis assumed a 13% weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) discount rate for each reporting unit.

In the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method, which involved calculating valuation multiples based on operating data from guideline publicly traded companies. Multiples derived from guideline companies provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. These multiples were then applied to the operating data for our reporting units and adjusted for factors similar to those used in a discounted cash flow analysis to arrive at an indication of value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires us to make significant judgments, estimates and assumptions. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions underlying our valuation methodology are reasonable, these estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such charge. The results of an impairment analysis are as of a

 

29


Table of Contents

point in time. There is no assurance that the actual future earnings or cash flows of our reporting units will not decline significantly from our projections. We will monitor any changes to our assumptions and will evaluate goodwill as deemed warranted during future periods. Any significant decline in our operations could result in goodwill impairment charges. The table below presents the decrease in the fair value of each of our reporting units given a one percent increase in the discount rate or a one percent decrease in the long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate.

 

     Decrease in Fair Value of the Reporting Unit  

(in thousands)

   Health
and  Education
Consulting
     Legal
Consulting
     Financial
Consulting
 

Discount Rate—Increase by 1%

   $ 82,302       $ 18,621       $ 1,766   

Long-term Growth Rate—Decrease by 1%

   $ 58,692       $ 10,452       $ 1,222   

The carrying values of goodwill for each of our reporting units as of December 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Health
and
Education
Consulting
     Legal
Consulting
     Financial
Consulting
     Total  

Carrying Value of Goodwill

   $ 450,481       $ 52,947       $ 16,094       $ 519,522   

Intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill. Our intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, totaled $18.9 million at December 31, 2012 and consist of customer relationships, non-competition agreements, trade names, technology and software and a document reviewer database. We use valuation techniques in estimating the initial fair value of acquired intangible assets. These valuations are primarily based on the present value of the estimated net cash flows expected to be derived from the intangible assets, discounted for assumptions such as future customer attrition. We evaluate our intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. For example, higher or earlier-than-expected customer attrition may result in an increase in future amortization charges or an impairment charge for customer-related intangible assets.

Valuation of Net Deferred Tax Assets

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. To the extent that deferred tax assets will not likely be recovered in future periods, a valuation allowance is established against such deferred tax assets.

In preparing our financial statements, we exercise significant judgment in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the valuation allowance. In determining our provision for income taxes on an interim basis, we estimate our annual effective tax rate based on information available at each interim period. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, we consider the historical and estimated future taxable income and other relevant factors of the entity recording the respective deferred tax asset. If actual results differ from our estimates, or if these estimates are adjusted in future periods, an adjustment to the valuation allowance may be required. To the extent that we increase the valuation allowance, our provision for income taxes will increase and our net income will decrease in the period that the adjustment is made. As of December 31, 2012, we have recorded a valuation allowance of $4.1 million, resulting in net deferred tax assets of $0.2 million.

 

30


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected segment and consolidated operating results for the periods indicated, as well as other operating data.

 

Segment and Consolidated Operating Results of Continuing Operations

(in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,  
   2012     2011     2010  

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

      

Health and Education Consulting(1)

   $ 419,024      $ 399,048      $ 331,688   

Legal Consulting

     184,918        172,355        144,730   

Financial Consulting(1)

     22,019        34,911        39,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     625,961        606,314        515,668   

Total reimbursable expenses

     55,764        51,580        43,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

   $ 681,725      $ 657,894      $ 559,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income:

      

Health and Education Consulting(1)

   $ 146,862      $ 132,824      $ 109,654   

Legal Consulting

     44,317        43,213        39,254   

Financial Consulting(1)

     1,888        9,928        14,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment operating income

     193,067        185,965        163,427   

Operating expenses not allocated to segments(2)

     119,624        130,518        128,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 73,443      $ 55,447      $ 34,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Operating Data of Continuing Operations:

   Year Ended December 31,  
   2012     2011     2010  

Number of full-time billable consultants (at period end)(3):

      

Health and Education Consulting(1)

     1,216        1,046        891   

Legal Consulting

     139        113        122   

Financial Consulting(1)

     62        73        75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,417        1,232        1,088   

Average number of full-time billable consultants (for the period)(3):

      

Health and Education Consulting(1)

     1,139        975        842   

Legal Consulting

     126        117        128   

Financial Consulting(1)

     67        75        75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,332        1,167        1,045   

Full-time billable consultant utilization rate(4):

      

Health and Education Consulting(1)

     77.7     77.1     75.2

Legal Consulting

     67.4     60.5     62.9

Financial Consulting(1)

     56.3     72.5     75.2

Total

     75.6     75.3     73.7

 

31


Table of Contents

Other Operating Data of Continuing Operations:

   Year Ended December 31,  
       2012              2011              2010      

Full-time billable consultant average billing rate per hour(5):

        

Health and Education Consulting(1)

   $ 225       $ 247       $    239   

Legal Consulting

   $ 240       $ 238       $ 206   

Financial Consulting(1)

   $ 302       $ 329       $ 357   

Total

   $ 229       $ 252       $ 244   

Revenue per full-time billable consultant (in thousands):

        

Health and Education Consulting(1)

   $ 324       $ 360       $ 333   

Legal Consulting

   $ 299       $ 247       $ 221   

Financial Consulting(1)

   $ 318       $ 448       $ 512   

Total

   $ 321       $ 354       $ 331   

Average number of full-time equivalents (for the period)(6):

        

Health and Education Consulting(1)

     144         149         150   

Legal Consulting

     1,054         1,015         765   

Financial Consulting(1)

     2         2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,200         1,166         917   

Revenue per full-time equivalent (in thousands):

        

Health and Education Consulting(1)

   $ 351       $ 321       $ 351   

Legal Consulting

   $ 140       $ 141       $ 152   

Financial Consulting(1)

   $ 350       $ 631       $ 484   

Total

   $ 166       $ 165       $ 185   

 

(1) Reflects the reclassification of our healthcare valuation consulting practice from our Health and Education Consulting segment to our Financial Consulting segment in conjunction with an internal reorganization during the first quarter of 2012. Financial Consulting segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 include $4.4 million, $6.4 million and $6.6 million, respectively, related to our healthcare valuation consulting practice.
(2) Operating expenses not allocated to the segments include the goodwill impairment charges, among others. These charges are not allocated at the segment level because the underlying goodwill asset is reflective of our corporate investment in the segments. We do not include the impact of goodwill impairment charges in our evaluation of segment performance.
(3) Consists of our full-time professionals who provide consulting services and generate revenues based on the number of hours worked.
(4) Utilization rate for our full-time billable consultants is calculated by dividing the number of hours all our full-time billable consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of these consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days.
(5) Average billing rate per hour for our full-time billable consultants is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period.
(6) Consists of project consultants and contractors who work variable schedules as needed by our clients and generate revenues primarily based on number of hours worked and units produced, such as pages reviewed and data processed. Also includes full-time employees who provide software support and maintenance services to our clients.

 

32


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Measures

We also assess our results of operations using certain non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures differ from GAAP because the non-GAAP financial measures we calculate to measure adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income from continuing operations and adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations exclude a number of items required by GAAP, each discussed below. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, any measure of performance, cash flows or liquidity prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures may be defined differently from time to time and may be defined differently than similar terms used by other companies, and accordingly, care should be exercised in understanding how we define our non-GAAP financial measures.

Our management uses the non-GAAP financial measures to gain an understanding of our comparative operating performance, for example when comparing such results with previous periods or forecasts. These non-GAAP financial measures are used by management in their financial and operating decision-making because management believes they reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparisons. Management also uses these non-GAAP financial measures when publicly providing our business outlook, for internal management purposes, and as a basis for evaluating potential acquisitions and dispositions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others (a) in understanding and evaluating Huron’s current operating performance and future prospects in the same manner as management does, (b) in comparing in a consistent manner Huron’s current financial results with Huron’s past financial results and (c) in understanding the Company’s ability to generate cash flows from operations that are available for taxes, capital expenditures, and debt repayment.

The reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures from GAAP to non-GAAP are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 625,961      $ 606,314      $ 515,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 35,953      $ 21,481      $ 7,427   

Add back:

      

Income tax expense

     29,695        21,629        13,132   

Interest and other expenses

     7,795        12,337        14,140   

Depreciation and amortization

     22,338        23,888        22,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA)

     95,781        79,335        57,196   

Add back:

      

Restatement related expenses

     1,785        4,579        8,666   

Restructuring charges

     4,004        3,829        4,062   

Goodwill impairment charges

     13,083        21,973        —     

Litigation settlements, net

     1,150        1,096        17,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 115,803      $ 110,812      $ 87,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues

     18.5     18.3     16.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 35,953      $ 21,481      $ 7,427   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares—diluted

     22,285        21,676        20,774   

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.61      $ 0.99      $ 0.36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add back:

      

Amortization of intangible assets

     6,987        8,165        7,889   

Restatement related expenses

     1,785        4,579        8,666   

Restructuring charges

     4,004        3,829        4,062   

Litigation settlements, net

     1,150        1,096        17,316   

Goodwill impairment charges

     13,083        21,973        —     

Tax effect

     (10,737     (15,457     (15,173
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments, net of tax

     16,272        24,185        22,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income from continuing operations

   $ 52,225      $ 45,666      $ 30,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 2.34      $ 2.11      $ 1.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

These non-GAAP financial measures include adjustments for the following items:

Restatement related expenses: We have incurred significant expenses related to our 2009 financial statement restatement. We have excluded the effect of these restatement related expenses from our non-GAAP measures as a means to provide comparability with periods that were not impacted by the restatement related expenses.

Restructuring charges: We have incurred charges due to the restructuring of various parts of our business. These restructuring charges have primarily consisted of severance charges, costs associated with office space reductions including the accelerated depreciation of certain leasehold improvements, and the write-off of impaired intangible assets. We have excluded the effect of the restructuring charges from our non-GAAP measures as a means to provide comparability with periods that were not impacted by a restructuring charge. Additionally, the amount of each restructuring charge is significantly affected by the timing and size of the restructured business or component of a business.

Litigation settlements, net and Goodwill impairment charges: We have excluded the effects of the litigation settlement expense in 2012, 2011 and 2010 and goodwill impairment charges in 2012 and 2011 from our non-GAAP measures because their exclusion permits comparability with periods that were not impacted by these charges.

Amortization of intangible assets: We have excluded the effect of amortization of intangible assets from the non-GAAP measures presented above. Amortization of intangibles is inconsistent in its amount and frequency and is significantly affected by the timing and size of our acquisitions.

Tax effect: The non-GAAP income tax adjustment reflects the incremental tax rate applicable to the non-GAAP adjustments.

Income tax expense, Interest and other expenses, Depreciation and amortization: We have excluded the effects of income tax expense, interest and other expenses, and depreciation and amortization in the calculation of EBITDA as these are customary exclusions as defined by the calculation of EBITDA to arrive at meaningful earnings from core operations excluding the effect of such items.

 

34


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues

Revenues increased $19.6 million, or 3.2%, to $626.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $606.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Of the overall $19.6 million increase in revenues, $13.8 million was attributable to our full-time consultants, while $5.8 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents.

The $13.8 million increase in full-time billable consultant revenues was attributable to increases in demand for our Health and Education Consulting services and our Legal Consulting segment’s advisory services, partially offset by a decrease in demand for our Financial Consulting segment’s services. Revenue attributable to full-time consultants increased despite a decrease of $17.3 million in performance-based revenue. Performance-based fee engagements may cause significant variations in revenues and operating results due to the timing of achievement of the performance-based criteria. Likewise, the mix of fees earned by the achievement of performance-based criteria compared to fees earned under fixed-fee or time-and-expense arrangements can also vary significantly between periods based on the preferences of our clients. Our average number of full-time billable consultants and full-time billable consultant utilization rate increased in 2012 compared to 2011, partially offset by a decrease in our full-time billable consultant average billing rate.

The $5.8 million increase in full-time equivalent revenues resulted from increased demand for our discovery and records management services in the Legal Consulting segment. The increase in full-time equivalent revenues was driven by an increase in our average number of full-time equivalents while the average revenue per full-time equivalent was consistent between 2012 and 2011.

Total direct costs (excluding reimbursable expenses)

Our total direct costs increased $7.3 million to $388.7 million, or 1.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $381.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily related to a $20.2 million increase in salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals and a $1.1 million increase in rent and utility charges for our document review centers, partially offset by a $13.7 million decrease in contractor expense. Total direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $11.6 million of share-based compensation expense for our revenue-generating professionals and $3.8 million of intangible assets amortization expense, primarily representing customer-related assets and software. Total direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $14.0 million of share-based compensation expense for our revenue-generating professionals and $5.4 million of intangible assets amortization expense. The decrease in share-based compensation expense during 2012 reflects a decrease in expense related to certain retention awards granted in 2009 that became fully vested in 2011. The decrease in intangible asset amortization is attributable to certain intangible assets that became fully amortized during 2011 and the third quarter of 2012, respectively, partially offset by amortization of intangible assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions that occurred during 2012.

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $6.0 million, or 5.0%, to $125.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $119.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily related to a $2.2 million increase in salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our non-revenue-generating professionals, a $1.7 million increase in legal expenses, a $1.3 million increase in professional services expenses, a $1.2 million increase in practice administration and meeting expenses, a $0.8 million increase in software license expenses, and a $0.6 million increase in office rent and related expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease in promotion expense and a $0.6 million decrease in research expense. Share-based compensation expense for our non-revenue-generating professionals was $4.0 million in 2012 compared to $5.2 million in 2011. The decrease in share-based compensation expense is primarily due to certain awards that became fully vested in 2011 and a reduction in our estimate of the number of

 

35


Table of Contents

awards that will be earned for 2012 performance when compared to the awards that were earned for 2011 performance.

Restructuring expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.0 million. This expense primarily consisted of accelerated depreciation on leasehold improvements and brokerage fees related to the relocation of our New York City office, charges related to the consolidation of office space in the Washington, D.C. area as the result of our AdamsGrayson acquisition, and severance and other exit costs related to the wind down of certain operations in the Middle East. These charges were partially offset by the net favorable impact of updated assumptions for certain lease accruals related to previously vacated office spaces and a release from our obligation for certain vacated space at our Chicago headquarters in connection with the lease amendment entered into during the fourth quarter. We did not incur a lease charge related to the relocation of our New York City office space as income from our subtenant is expected to more than offset our remaining lease obligations through 2016, net of our deferred lease liability. Restructuring expense for 2011 was $3.8 million.

Expenses incurred in connection with our 2009 restatement totaled $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2012, restatement related expenses consisted primarily of legal fees. In 2011, restatement related expenses consisted of $3.6 million in legal fees and $1.0 million related to our settlement with the SEC. As a result of the 2012 settlement with the SEC, we do not expect to incur any additional restatement related expenses. Litigation settlement expense was $1.2 million during 2012. We conducted preliminary settlement discussions with the relator in the qui tam action discussed in “Legal Proceedings” and in Note 16 “Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees, and as a result we recorded a charge of $1.2 million in the second quarter, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.”

Depreciation expense decreased $0.4 million, or 2.4%, to $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Non-direct intangible assets amortization expense increased $0.4 million, or 13.5%, to $3.2 million in 2012 from $2.8 million in 2011. The increase in amortization expense reflects amortization related to certain intangible assets acquired as the result of business combinations during 2012, offset by certain intangible assets from prior acquisitions that became fully amortized in 2011. Non-direct intangible assets amortization relates to customer relationships, non-competition agreements and trade names acquired in connection with our acquisitions.

Goodwill impairment charge expense was $13.1 million during 2012 and was related to our Financial Consulting segment. See Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” and the Critical Accounting Policies section above for further discussion of this charge. Goodwill impairment charge expense was $22.0 million in 2011 and also was related to our Financial Consulting segment.

Operating income

Operating income increased $18.0 million, or 32.5%, to $73.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $55.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Operating margin, which is defined as operating income expressed as a percentage of revenues, increased to 11.7% in 2012 compared to 9.1% in 2011. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to decreased goodwill impairment expense, decreased contractor expense and decreased restatement expenses, partially offset by an increase in salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals as a percentage of revenues when comparing 2012 to 2011.

Other expense, net

Other expense decreased $4.5 million, or 36.8%, to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was attributable to a $4.0 million, or 32.9%, decrease in interest expense and a $0.5 million increase in other income. The $4.0 million decrease in interest expense was the result of a decrease in our borrowing levels combined with lower interest rates. Interest expense

 

36


Table of Contents

in 2011 also included a $0.5 million write-off of debt issue costs related to the refinancing of our credit facility during that period. Other income increased by $0.5 million during 2012 as the result of improved performance of the investments used to fund our deferred compensation plan.

Income tax expense

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the effective tax rate was 45.2% as income tax expense of $29.7 million was recognized on income from continuing operations of $65.6 million. Income tax expense was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes and foreign losses with no related tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the effective tax rate was 50.2% as income tax expense of $21.6 million was recognized on income from continuing operations of $43.1 million. Income tax expense was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes, certain foreign losses with no related tax benefit and an increase to the valuation allowance, partially offset by certain credits recorded based on updated information obtained in 2011.

In January 2013, the United States Congress passed an extension of the federal research and development tax credit through December 31, 2013. As a result, we expect that our income tax provision for the first quarter of 2013 will include a discrete tax benefit which will reduce our effective tax rate for the quarter and, to a lesser extent, the effective annual tax rate.

Net income from continuing operations

Net income from continuing operations was $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $14.5 million increase in net income from continuing operations was primarily due to increased revenues, increased operating margin, and decreased other expense, net, as discussed above. The offsetting increase in income tax expense was partially mitigated by a lower effective tax rate in 2012 compared to 2011. As a result of the increase in net income from continuing operations, diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.61 compared to $0.99 for the prior year.

Discontinued operations

Net income from discontinued operations was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to net loss from discontinued operations of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” under “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our discontinued operations.

Segment Results

Health and Education Consulting

Revenues

Health and Education Consulting segment revenues increased $20.0 million, or 5.0%, to $419.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $399.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements, performance-based arrangements and software support and maintenance arrangements represented 25.1%, 48.7%, 21.1% and 5.1% of this segment’s revenues in 2012, respectively, compared to 19.9%, 49.4%, 26.5% and 4.2%, respectively, in 2011.

Of the overall $20.0 million increase in revenues, $17.5 million was attributable to increased demand for our full-time billable consultants and $2.5 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents. The increase in demand for our services in the Health and Education Consulting segment reflects the increased competitive pressures faced by our clients as the result of increased regulation, rising costs, reduced government subsidies and support,

 

37


Table of Contents

and declining Medicare and Medicaid reimbursements. Revenues increased despite a $17.2 million decrease in performance-based revenue. Performance-based fee arrangements may cause significant variations in revenues and operating results due to the timing of achievement of the performance-based criteria. Likewise, the mix of fees earned by the achievement of performance-based criteria compared to fees earned under fixed-fee or time-and-expense arrangements can also vary significantly between periods based on the preferences of our clients. With regard to full-time billable consultants, the Health and Education Consulting segment experienced an increase in the average number of consultants and the consultant utilization rate, while the average billing rate per hour decreased when comparing 2012 to 2011. This segment experienced a slight decrease in the average number of full-time equivalents during 2012; however, this was more than offset by an increase in revenue per full-time equivalent.

Operating income

Health and Education Consulting segment operating income increased $14.1 million, or 10.6%, to $146.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Health and Education Consulting segment operating margin, defined as segment operating income expressed as a percentage of segment revenues, increased to 35.0% in 2012 from 33.3% in 2011. The increase in this segment’s operating margin was attributable to lower contractor expense and lower technology expense during 2012 when compared to 2011, partially offset by an increase in the salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals during the same periods.

Legal Consulting

Revenues

Legal Consulting segment revenues increased $12.5 million, or 7.3%, to $184.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $172.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Revenues for 2012 included $9.9 million from our third quarter acquisition of AdamsGrayson, while revenues for 2011 did not include any revenues from AdamsGrayson. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements, and software support and maintenance arrangements represented 95.5%, 4.3%, and 0.2% of this segment’s revenues during 2012, respectively. During 2011, revenues from time-and-expense engagements and fixed-fee engagements represented 94.3% and 5.7% of this segment’s revenues, respectively.

Of the overall $12.5 million increase in revenues, $8.7 million was attributable to our full-time billable consultants and $3.8 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents. The $8.7 million increase in full-time billable consultant revenues reflected an increase in demand for our advisory services. The average number of full-time billable consultants, consultant utilization rate and the average billing rate per hour all increased in 2012 when compared to 2011. The $3.8 million increase in full-time equivalent revenue reflected an increase in demand for our discovery and records management services. Our average number of full-time equivalents increased during 2012 compared to 2011, partially offset by a decrease in average revenue per full-time equivalent during the same periods.

Operating income

Legal Consulting segment operating income increased $1.1 million, or 2.6%, to $44.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Segment operating margin decreased to 24.0% in 2012 from 25.1% in 2011. The decrease in this segment’s operating margin was primarily attributable to higher salaries, bonuses and related expenses for both our revenue and non-revenue generating personnel, technology expense, rent expense for our document review centers and depreciation on fixed assets, partially offset by lower contractor expense when comparing 2012 to 2011.

 

38


Table of Contents

Financial Consulting

Revenues

Financial Consulting segment revenues decreased $12.9 million, or 36.9%, to $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $34.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements and performance-based engagements represented 74.1%, 23.6% and 2.3% of this segment’s revenues during 2012, respectively. For 2011, revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements and performance-based engagements represented 75.6%, 22.6% and 1.8% of this segment’s revenues, respectively.

Of the overall $12.9 million decrease in revenues, $12.3 million was attributable to our full-time billable consultants and $0.6 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents. The overall decrease reflects reduced demand for our restructuring and turnaround and valuation consulting services. Our average number of full-time billable consultants, utilization rate and average billing rate all decreased when comparing 2012 to 2011. During 2012, we undertook several initiatives intended to improve the segment’s financial performance, including broadening our service offerings, hiring additional managing directors and building synergies with other practices. These initiatives are intended to increase demand for our services in the highly competitive financial consulting market during 2013.

Operating income

Financial Consulting segment operating income decreased $8.0 million, or 81%, to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Segment operating margin decreased to 8.6% in 2012 from 28.4% in 2011. The decrease in this segment’s operating margin was primarily attributable to increased salaries, bonuses and related expenses as a percentage of revenues during 2012 when compared to 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues

Revenues increased $90.6 million, or 17.6%, to $606.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $515.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Of the overall $90.6 million increase in revenues, $67.4 million was attributable to our full-time consultants, while $23.2 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents.

The $67.4 million increase in full-time billable consultant revenues was attributable to an increase in demand for our Health and Education Consulting segment services slightly offset by a decrease in demand for our Financial Consulting segment’s restructuring and turnaround consulting services. The increase in revenue attributable to full-time consultants includes an increase of $46.7 million in performance-based revenue. Performance-based fee engagements may cause significant variations in revenues and operating results due to the timing of achievement of the performance-based criteria. Our average number of full-time billable consultants, full-time billable consultant utilization rate and full-time billable consultant average billing rate all increased in 2011 compared to 2010.

The $23.2 million increase in full-time equivalent revenues resulted from increased demand for our discovery and records management services in the Legal Consulting segment. The increase in full-time equivalent revenues was driven by an increase in our average number of full-time equivalents, partially offset by a decrease in the average revenue per full-time equivalent when comparing 2011 to 2010.

 

39


Table of Contents

Total direct costs (excluding reimbursable expenses)

Our total direct costs increased $60.2 million to $381.4 million, or 18.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $321.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily related to a $49.0 million increase in salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals, a $4.6 million increase in contractor expenses, a $4.0 million increase in technology expenses, a $1.2 million increase in the amortization of intangible assets, and a $1.0 million increase in rent and utility charges for our document review centers. Total direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $14.0 million related to share-based compensation expense for our revenue-generating professionals and $5.4 million of intangible assets amortization expense, primarily representing customer-related assets and software. Total direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $13.2 million related to share-based compensation expense for our revenue-generating professionals and $4.1 million of intangible assets amortization expense, primarily representing customer-related assets and software.

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.8 million, or 7.0%, to $119.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $111.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily related to a $4.5 million increase in salaries, bonuses and related benefits for our non-revenue-generating professionals, a $2.5 million increase in training expenses, a $2.1 million increase in promotion and sponsorships expenses, a $0.7 million increase in practice administration expenses, a $0.7 million increase in recruiting expenses, and a $1.5 million increase in other miscellaneous business expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $3.0 million decrease in legal expense and a $1.4 million decrease in facilities and other office related costs. Share-based compensation expense for our non-revenue-generating professionals was $5.2 million in 2011 compared to $5.9 million in 2010.

Restructuring charge expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3.8 million. This expense consisted of a $1.4 million charge related to accelerated depreciation on leasehold improvements at our Boston and New York City offices, $1.0 million in employee severance related to actions taken to better align our resources with market demand in the second and fourth quarters, $0.8 million related to the relocation of our Boston office and consolidation of our Chicago office space, and $0.6 million related to the write-off of intangible assets due to a change in strategy and forecasted results for a certain practice during the fourth quarter. The accelerated depreciation charges related to shortened expected useful lives of leasehold improvements at our Boston office, which we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2011, and our New York City office, which we vacated during 2012. The charges related to the relocation of our Boston office and consolidation of our Chicago office space include the present value of the remaining lease payments on our old office space, partially offset by estimated sublease income, as well as moving costs incurred during the fourth quarter of 2011. Restructuring expense for 2010 was $4.1 million.

Expenses incurred in connection with our restatement totaled $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In 2011, restatement related expenses consisted of $3.6 million of legal fees and a $1.0 million charge related to our settlement with the SEC. In 2010, restatement related expenses were primarily comprised of legal fees.

Litigation settlement expense was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2010, we entered into a proposed Class Action Settlement and recorded a non-cash charge of $12.6 million representing the fair value of 474,547 shares of our common stock issued per the terms of the settlement agreement (“Settlement Shares”) based on the closing market price of our common stock on December 31, 2010. The $1.1 million non-cash charge recorded during 2011 represents the change in fair value of the Settlement Shares during the year through the date of share issuance on June 6, 2011. During 2010, we also settled an unrelated litigation matter, which resulted in a litigation settlement charge of $4.7 million.

 

40


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense increased $1.1 million, or 7.5%, to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to an increase in depreciation expense for certain internal use software for which we decreased our estimate of the expected useful life during the third quarter of 2011. Non-direct intangible assets amortization expense decreased $1.0 million, or 26.3%, to $2.8 million in 2011 from $3.8 million in 2010. The decrease in amortization expense is attributable to certain intangible assets that became fully amortized during 2011. Non-direct intangible assets amortization relates to customer relationships, non-competition agreements and trade names acquired in connection with our acquisitions.

During 2011, we recorded a $22.0 million non-cash pretax charge for the impairment of goodwill to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our Financial Consulting reporting unit. There were no goodwill impairment charges in 2010. See Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” under “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our goodwill impairment charges.

Operating income

Operating income increased $20.7 million to $55.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $34.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Operating margin, which is defined as operating income expressed as a percentage of revenues, increased to 9.1% in 2011 compared to 6.7% in 2010. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to decreased litigation settlement expense, decreased restatement expenses, decreased legal and facilities expenses, and a decrease in salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our non-revenue-generating professionals as a percentage of revenues when comparing 2011 to 2010. These increases in operating margin were partially offset by the goodwill impairment charge, an increase in salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals as a percentage of revenues, and increases in technology and training expenses as a percentage of revenues.

Other expense, net

Other expense decreased $1.8 million, or 12.8%, to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $2.1 million decrease in interest expense in 2011 when compared to 2010 as the result of a decrease in our borrowing levels combined with lower interest rates, partially offset by a $0.5 million write-off of debt issue costs related to the credit facility that we refinanced during the second quarter of 2011.

Income tax expense

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the effective tax rate was 50.2% as income tax expense of $21.6 million was recognized on income from continuing operations of $43.1 million. Income tax expense was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes, certain foreign losses with no related tax benefit and an increase to the valuation allowance, partially offset by certain credits recorded based on updated information obtained in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the effective tax rate was 63.6% as income tax expense of $13.1 million was recognized on income from continuing operations of $20.6 million. Income tax expense was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes, certain foreign losses with no related tax benefit, an increase to the valuation allowance and certain non-deductible expenses such as meals and entertainment and officers’ compensation of $1.5 million.

Net income from continuing operations

Net income from continuing operations was $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $14.1 million increase in net income from continuing operations was primarily due to increased revenues and operating margin, as discussed above. The offsetting

 

41


Table of Contents

increase in income tax expense was partially mitigated by a lower effective tax rate in 2011 compared to 2010. As a result of the increase in net income from continuing operations, diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $0.99 compared to $0.36 for the prior year.

Discontinued operations

Net loss from discontinued operations was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to net income from discontinued operations of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” under “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our discontinued operations.

Segment Results

Health and Education Consulting

Revenues

Health and Education Consulting segment revenues increased $67.3 million, or 20.3%, to $399.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $331.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements, performance-based engagements and software support and maintenance arrangements represented 19.9%, 49.4%, 26.5% and 4.2% of this segment’s revenues in 2011, respectively, compared to 21.3%, 57.5%, 17.8% and 3.4%, respectively, in 2010.

Of the overall $67.3 million increase in revenues, $71.6 million was attributable to increased demand for our full-time billable consultants, partially offset by a decrease of $4.3 million attributable to our full-time equivalents. The increase in demand for our services in the Health and Education Consulting segment reflects the increased competitive pressures faced by our clients as the result of increased regulation, rising costs, reduced government subsidies and support, and declining Medicare and Medicaid reimbursements. The overall revenue increase includes a $46.9 million increase in performance-based revenue. Performance-based fee arrangements may cause significant variations in revenues and operating results due to the timing of achievement of the performance-based criteria. With regard to full-time billable consultants, the Health and Education Consulting segment experienced an increase in the average number of consultants, the consultant utilization rate and the average billing rate per hour when comparing 2011 to 2010. This segment experienced a slight decrease in the average number of full-time equivalents and a decrease in revenue per full-time equivalent during the same periods.

Operating income

Health and Education Consulting segment operating income increased $23.1 million, or 21.1%, to $132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $109.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Health and Education Consulting segment operating margin, defined as segment operating income expressed as a percentage of segment revenues, increased to 33.3% in 2011 from 33.1% in 2010. The increase in this segment’s operating margin was attributable to lower contractor expense during 2011 when compared to 2010, partially offset by an increase in the salaries, bonuses and related expenses for our revenue-generating professionals and technology expense as a percentage of revenues during the same periods.

Legal Consulting

Revenues

Legal Consulting segment revenues increased $27.7 million, or 19.1%, to $172.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $144.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements and fixed-fee engagements represented 94.3% and 5.7% of this segment’s revenues during 2011, respectively, compared to 93.5% and 6.5%, respectively, in 2010.

 

42


Table of Contents

Of the overall $27.7 million increase in revenues, $27.1 million was attributable to our full-time equivalents and $0.6 million was attributable to our full-time billable consultants. The $27.1 million increase in full-time equivalent revenues reflected an increase in demand for our discovery and records management services, primarily as the result of a number of significant projects for some of our global clients. In general, demand for our discovery and records management services has increased as our global clients seek efficient and reliable solutions for processing and reviewing large amounts of complex data. The increased revenue reflected a significant increase in our average number of full-time equivalents during 2011 compared to 2010, partially offset by a decrease in average revenue per full-time equivalent during the same periods. The $0.6 million increase in full-time billable consultant revenues reflected a modest increase in demand for our advisory services. The segment experienced higher average billing rates for its full-time billable consultants during 2011 compared to 2010, partially offset by decreases in the average number of full-time billable consultants and the full-time billable consultant utilization rates during the same periods.

Operating income

Legal Consulting segment operating income increased $3.9 million, or 9.9%, to $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Segment operating margin decreased to 25.1% in 2011 from 27.1% in 2010. The decrease in this segment’s operating margin was attributable to higher contractor expense during 2011 compared to 2010, partially offset by a decrease in the salaries, bonuses and related expenses for both our revenue-generating and non-revenue-generating professionals as a percentage of revenues during the same periods.

Financial Consulting

Revenues

Financial Consulting segment revenues decreased $4.4 million, or 11.1%, to $34.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements and performance-based engagements represented 75.6%, 22.6% and 1.8% of this segment’s revenues during 2011, respectively. For 2010, revenues from time-and-expense engagements, fixed-fee engagements and performance-based engagements represented 77.6%, 20.3% and 2.1% of this segment’s revenues, respectively.

Of the overall $4.4 million decrease in revenues, $4.8 million was attributable to our full-time billable consultants, which was partially offset by a $0.4 million increase attributable to our full-time equivalents. The overall decrease reflects a decrease in demand for our restructuring and turnaround consulting services. Both the utilization rate and average billing rate decreased with regard to our full-time billable consultants when comparing 2011 to 2010.

Operating income

Financial Consulting segment operating income decreased $4.6 million, or 31.6%, to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Segment operating margin decreased to 28.4% in 2011 from 37.0% in 2010. The decrease in this segment’s operating margin was attributable to increased salaries, bonuses and related expenses as a percentage of revenues during 2011 when compared to 2010.

 

43


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash and cash equivalents were $25.2 million, $5.1 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents included $0.1 million of cash related to discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and debt capacity available under our credit facility.

 

Cash Flows

(in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,  
   2012     2011     2010  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 105,589      $ 108,617      $ 50,051   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (77,464     (38,490     (87,817

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (8,071     (71,469     37,557   

Operating activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $105.6 million, $108.6 million and $50.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of receivables from clients and unbilled services, accounts payable and accrued expenses, accrued payroll and related benefits and deferred revenues. The volume of services rendered and the related billings and timing of collections on those billings, as well as payments of our accounts payable and accrued payroll and related benefits affect these account balances. The decrease in cash provided by operations in 2012 when compared with 2011 was primarily attributable to higher bonus payments in 2012 related to 2011 performance than in 2011 related to 2010 performance, partially offset by higher operating income, improved collection of client receivables, and higher collection of income tax receivables in 2012 when compared to 2011.

The increase in cash provided by operations in 2011 when compared with 2010 was primarily attributable to higher revenues partially offset by increases in direct costs and selling, general and administrative costs in combination with lower bonus payouts in 2011 based on 2010 performance compared to 2010 bonus payouts based on 2009 performance.

Investing activities

Cash used in investing activities was $77.5 million, $38.5 million and $87.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The use of cash in 2012 primarily consisted of $32.2 million of additional purchase consideration earned by the selling shareholders of businesses that we acquired in previous years based on 2011 performance, $22.1 million for business acquisitions in 2012 and $20.7 million for purchases of property and equipment. In connection with certain past business acquisitions, we were required to pay additional purchase consideration to the sellers if specific performance targets were met over a number of years as specified in the related purchase agreements. As of December 31, 2012, we have no further obligations under these arrangements.

The use of cash in 2011 primarily consisted of additional purchase consideration earned by the selling shareholders of businesses that we acquired and purchases of property and equipment. We were required to pay additional purchase consideration to the sellers if specific financial performance targets and conditions were met over a number of years as specified in the related purchase agreements. We paid approximately $22.1 million in such consideration during 2011.

The use of cash in 2010 primarily consisted of payments for acquired businesses of $87.9 million which were primarily comprised of additional purchase consideration earned by the selling shareholders of businesses that we acquired, totaling $65.4 million. In addition, the use of cash in 2010 also consisted of payments related to the acquisitions of businesses in the Health and Education Consulting segment and the Legal Consulting segment, which individually and in the aggregate qualified as insignificant for financial reporting purposes. The use of

 

44


Table of Contents

cash in 2010 was partially offset by $7.9 million of net proceeds provided by the December 2009 sale of a certain practice and the September 2010 sale of a portion of the Disputes and Investigations practice.

We estimate that the cash utilized for capital expenditures in 2013 will be approximately $25.0 million, consisting of information technology related equipment and leasehold improvements to support the continued growth of our document review and processing services, as well as information technology related equipment to support our corporate infrastructure.

Financing activities

Cash used in financing activities was $8.1 million and $71.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cash provided by financing activities was $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Cash used in financing activities in 2012 consisted primarily of cash paid for employees’ tax withholding obligations as part of a net-share settlement of share-based awards, payments for debt issue costs and deferred acquisition payments. In 2011, cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to net repayments on our credit facility. Cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was primarily attributable to increased net borrowings under our credit facility.

During 2011, the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries as guarantors entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with various financial institutions, as amended by the first amendment to the credit agreement dated as of August 31, 2012 (collectively, the “2011 Credit Agreement”). The 2011 Credit Agreement replaced the previous Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2006, and all subsequent amendments thereto, by and among the Company and the lenders therein.

The 2011 Credit Agreement consists of a senior secured credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million comprised of a five-year revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) under which the Company may borrow from time to time up to $247.5 million and a $202.5 million five-year term loan facility (“Term Loan”) that was funded in a single advance on the closing date of the first amendment. The 2011 Credit Agreement provides for the option to increase the revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $50 million subject to certain requirements as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement. The proceeds of the senior secured credit facility were used to refinance existing indebtedness and will continue to be used for working capital, capital expenditures, and other corporate purposes.

The obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement are secured pursuant to a Security Agreement with Bank of America as Administrative Agent. The Security Agreement grants Bank of America, N.A. for the ratable benefit of the lenders under the 2011 Credit Agreement, a first-priority lien, subject to permitted liens, on substantially all of the personal property assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. The Revolver and Term Loan are also secured by a pledge of 100% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our foreign subsidiaries.

Fees and interest on borrowings vary based on our total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio as set forth in the 2011 Credit Agreement. Interest is based on a spread over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or a spread over the base rate, as selected by the Company. The base rate is the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate and (c) except during a Eurodollar Unavailability Period, the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.0%.

The Term Loan, as amended, is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments equal to 4.9% of the original principal balance in 2012, which has been paid as of December 31, 2012, 11.7% in 2013, 12.4% in 2014, 14.2% in 2015, 14.8% in 2016 and 42.0% in 2017, as set forth in the 2011 Credit Agreement. The maturity date for the Term Loan is August 31, 2017, at which time the outstanding principal balance and all accrued interest will be due and payable in full. All outstanding borrowings under the Revolver, as amended, will be due upon expiration of the 2011 Credit Agreement on August 31, 2017.

 

45


Table of Contents

Under the 2011 Credit Agreement, dividends are restricted to an amount up to $50 million plus 50% of cumulative consolidated net income from the closing date of the 2011 Credit Agreement plus 50% of the net cash proceeds from equity issuances. In addition, certain acquisitions and similar transactions need to be approved by the lenders.

The 2011 Credit Agreement contains quarterly financial covenants that require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.25 to 1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 with step-downs in subsequent periods, as those ratios are defined therein, as well as a minimum net worth greater than $150 million. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with these financial covenants with a fixed charge coverage ratio of 3.54 to 1.00, a leverage ratio of 1.64 to 1.00, and net worth greater than $150 million. At December 31, 2011, we were also in compliance with our financial covenants. The 2011 Credit Agreement excludes non-cash goodwill impairment charges from Consolidated EBITDA as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement. As a result, the goodwill impairment charges discussed at Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” under “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” does not affect the Company’s compliance with the financial debt covenants of the 2011 Credit Agreement discussed above.

The borrowing capacity under the 2011 Credit Agreement is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit and payments under the Term Loan. At December 31, 2012, outstanding letters of credit totaled $5.1 million and are primarily used as security deposits for our office facilities. As of December 31, 2012, the unused borrowing capacity under the 2011 Credit Agreement was $242.4 million. Borrowings outstanding under this credit facility at December 31, 2012 totaled $192.5 million. These borrowings carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.5% including the effect of the interest rate swaps described below in “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” All of the borrowings outstanding under the 2011 Credit Agreement are classified as long-term on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as the principal under the Revolver is not due until 2017 and we intend to fund scheduled quarterly payments under the Term Loan with availability under the Revolver. Borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2011 totaled $193.5 million and carried a weighted average interest rate of 3.3% including the effect of the interest rate swap.

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we made borrowings to pay bonuses and additional purchase consideration earned by selling shareholders of businesses that we acquired. We also made borrowings to fund our daily operations, including costs related to the restatement matters. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the average daily outstanding balance under our credit facility was $214.6 million.

See “Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks and uncertainties related to the 2011 Credit Agreement.

Future needs

Our primary financing need has been to fund our growth. Our growth strategy is to expand our service offerings, which may require investments in new hires, acquisitions of complementary businesses, possible expansion into other geographic areas, and related capital expenditures. We also have cash needs to service our credit facility and repay our Term Loan. We believe our internally generated liquidity, together with the borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility and access to external capital resources, will be adequate to fund our long-term growth and capital needs arising from cash commitments and debt service obligations. Our ability to secure short-term and long-term financing in the future will depend on several factors, including our future profitability, the quality of our accounts receivable and unbilled services, our relative levels of debt and equity, and the overall condition of the credit markets.

 

46


Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table represents our significant obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2012 and the scheduled years of payments (in thousands).

 

     Less than
1 year
(2013)
     1-3 years
(2014 to
2015)
     3-5 years
(2016 to
2017)
     More than 5
years
(2018 and
thereafter)
     Total  

Purchases of businesses

   $ 5,640       $ 4,885       $ —         $ —         $ 10,525   

Purchase obligations

     6,410         4,183         307         —           10,900   

Capital lease obligations

     2         4         —           —           6   

Long-term bank borrowings

     —           —           192,500         —           192,500   

Operating lease obligations

     15,159         29,691         19,690         32,674         97,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 27,211       $ 38,763       $ 212,497       $ 32,674       $ 311,145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchases of businesses represent deferred acquisition payments related to certain businesses we have acquired. These payments are fixed and determined at the time of the acquisition and included in the purchase price of the business.

Purchase obligations include sponsorships, subscriptions to research tools, information technology, and other commitments to purchase services where we cannot cancel or would be required to pay a termination fee in the event of cancellation.

Borrowings outstanding under our credit facility at December 31, 2012 totaled $192.5 million, all of which we have classified as long-term on our consolidated balance sheet as the principal under the Revolver is not due until 2017 and we intend to fund scheduled quarterly payments under the Term Loan with availability under the Revolver. As described under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 6 “Borrowings” under “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” interest on borrowings varies based on our level of borrowings, fluctuations in the variable base rates provided for in the 2011 Credit Agreement, and the spread we pay over those base rates based on our total debt to EBITDA ratio. As such, we are unable to quantify our future obligations relating to interest on our borrowings.

We lease our facilities and equipment under operating and capital lease arrangements expiring on various dates through 2024, with various renewal options. We lease office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that include fixed or minimum payments plus, in some cases, scheduled base rent increases over the term of the lease. Certain leases provide for monthly payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expense applicable to the property. Some of the leases contain provisions whereby the future rental payments may be adjusted for increases in operating expense above the specified amount.

As of December 31, 2012, our liabilities for uncertain tax positions were $0.4 million, which are classified as non-current. We are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of future cash flows related to the non-current portion as it is dependent on examinations by taxing authorities.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which amends current comprehensive income guidance. This accounting update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of

 

47


Table of Contents

shareholders’ equity. Instead, the Company must report comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. However, ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” has deferred the specific requirement within ASU 2011-05 to present on the face of the financial statements items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 still requires companies to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU 2011-05. The Company adopted the guidance of ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 in the first quarter of 2012. These provisions required a change in the format of presentation only and did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are exposed to market risks primarily from changes in interest rates and changes in the market value of our investments.

Our exposure to changes in interest rates is limited to borrowings under our bank credit facility, which has variable interest rates tied to the LIBOR, Federal Funds Rate, Prime Rate, or Eurodollar Rate. At December 31, 2012, we had borrowings outstanding totaling $192.5 million that carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.5% including the effect of the interest rate swaps described below. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in this interest rate would have a $1.1 million effect on our pretax income including the effect of the interest rate swaps described below.

On December 8, 2011, we entered into a forward amortizing interest rate swap agreement effective on February 29, 2012 and ending on April 14, 2016. We entered into this derivative instrument to hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-rate borrowings described above. The swap had an initial notional amount of $56.6 million and amortizes throughout the term. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on one-month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 0.9875%.

On May 30, 2012, we entered into an additional forward amortizing interest rate swap agreement effective on May 31, 2012 and ending on April 14, 2016. We entered into this derivative instrument to further hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-rate borrowings described above. The swap had an initial notional amount of $37.0 million and amortizes throughout the term. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on one-month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 0.70%.

Including the impact of the above swap agreements, the effective interest rate on $85.0 million of our debt, which equals the notional amount of the swap agreements at December 31, 2012, was 2.9%.

We have not entered into any other interest rate swaps, caps or collars or other hedging instruments as of December 31, 2012.

From time to time, we invest excess cash in marketable securities. These investments principally consist of overnight sweep accounts. Due to the short maturity of our investments, we have concluded that we do not have material market risk exposure.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and supplementary data begin on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

48


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2012. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act, and such information is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

(i) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

(ii) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

(iii) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the preparation of this report, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. As a result of that evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

 

49


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from portions of our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A by April 23, 2013 (the “Proxy Statement”) under “Nominees to Board of Directors,” “Directors Not Standing For Election” and “Executive Officers.”

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors. The Code is available on our website at www.huronconsultinggroup.com. If we make any amendments to or grant any waivers from the Code which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we will make such disclosures on our website.

Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Board Meetings and Committees.”

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Executive Compensation.”

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”

Compensation Committee Report

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Compensation Committee Report.”

 

50


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2012 with respect to equity compensation plans approved by shareholders. We do not have equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders.

 

Plan Category

   Number of Shares
to be Issued
Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options
     Number of Shares
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
(excluding shares
in 1st column)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders(1):

        

2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California)

     1,088       $ 1.22         (2) 

2003 Equity Incentive Plan

     35,867       $ 1.27         (2) 

2004 Omnibus Stock Plan

     209,333       $ 26.24         (2) 

2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan

     —         $ —           1,352,530   

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders:

     N/A         N/A         N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     246,288       $ 22.49         1,352,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by our shareholders at our annual meeting held on May 1, 2012. Under the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, 1,398,204 shares were reserved for issuance, consisting of 548,204 shares remaining available under the 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan as of the shareholder approval date, plus an additional 850,000 shares reserved for issuance. Our previous equity compensation plans were approved by the existing shareholders prior to our initial public offering.
(2) Upon adoption of the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we terminated the 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan with respect to future awards and no further awards will be granted under this plan. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, and upon adoption of the 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan, we terminated the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California) and 2003 Equity Incentive Plan with respect to future awards and no further awards will be granted under these plans.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement under “Nominees to Board of Directors,” “Directors Not Standing For Election,” and “Board Meetings and Committees.”

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from a portion of the Proxy Statement under “Audit and Non-Audit Fees.”

 

51


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

1. Financial Statements—Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report and our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed below and begin on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Other Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2. Financial Statement Schedules—The financial statement schedules required by this item are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes.

 

3. Exhibit Index

 

               Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

herewith

   Form    Period
Ending
   Exhibit    Filing Date
2.1    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 25, 2012, by and among Huron Consulting Group Inc. and the shareholders of Adams Grayson listed on the signature pages thereto.       10-Q    6/30/12    10.1    7/30/2012
3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Huron Consulting Group Inc.       10-K    12/31/04    3.1    2/16/05
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Huron Consulting Group Inc.       8-K       3.1    4/14/11
4.1    Specimen Stock Certificate.       S-1

(File No. 333-115434)

      4.1    10/5/04
10.1    Office Lease, dated December 2003, between Union Tower, LLC and Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC).       S-1

(File No. 333-115434)

      10.1    10/5/04
10.2*    Amended and Restated Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan.       S-8       10.1    5/5/10

 

52


Table of Contents
               Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

herewith

   Form    Period
Ending
   Exhibit    Filing
Date
10.3    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2011, among Huron Consulting Group Inc., as the Company, certain subsidiaries as Guarantors, the Lenders Party Hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, PNC Bank, Harris Bank and Key Bank National Association as Co-Documentation Agents, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers.       8-K       10.1    4/19/11
10.4*    Huron Consulting Group Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2009.       10-K    12/31/08    10.12    2/24/09
10.5*    Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and James H. Roth       8-K       10.1    1/14/10
10.6*    Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and James K. Rojas.       8-K       10.1    3/3/10
10.7*    Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Diane Ratekin.       8-K       10.1    3/22/11
10.8*    Senior Management Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and C. Mark Hussey.       8-K       10.1    7/19/11
10.9    Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2011.       8-K       10.2    4/19/11
10.10    Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2011.       8-K       10.3    4/19/11
10.11*    Consulting Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Natalia Delgado       10-K    12/31/11    10.15    2/23/12
10.12*    Separation Agreement by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Natalia Delgado       10-K    12/31/11    10.16    2/23/12
10.13*    Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan.       DEF 14A       Appendix

A

   2/23/12

 

53


Table of Contents
               Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

herewith

   Form    Period
Ending
   Exhibit    Filing
Date
10.14    Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2012, by and among Huron Consulting Group Inc., as the Borrower, certain subsidiaries as Guarantors, the Lenders identified on the signature pages thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders.       8-K       10.1    9/4/2012
10.15    Joinder Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2012, by and between LegalSource LLC and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 14, 2011 among Huron Consulting Group Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.       8-K       10.2    9/4/2012
10.16    Fourth Amendment to Lease by and between Huron Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated December 31, 2012.       8-K       10.1    1/4/2013
10.17    First Amendment to Lease by and between Huron Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated August 23, 2004.    X            
10.18    Second Amendment to Lease by and between Huron Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated March 14, 2007.    X            
10.19    Third Amendment to Lease by and between Huron Consulting Services LLC and Union Tower, LLC, dated April 2, 2010.    X            
10.20    Form of the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement    X            
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Huron Consulting Group Inc.    X            
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.    X            
31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    X            
31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    X            
32.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    X            
32.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    X            

 

54


Table of Contents
               Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

herewith

   Form    Period
Ending
   Exhibit    Filing
Date
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document    X            
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document    X            
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document    X            
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document    X            
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document    X            
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document    X            

 

* Indicates the exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

55


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Huron Consulting Group Inc.
(Registrant)

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ James H. Roth

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   February 21, 2013
James H. Roth     

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James H. Roth, C. Mark Hussey and Diane Ratekin, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report, and to file the same, with all and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ James H. Roth

    James H. Roth

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 21, 2013

/s/ John F. McCartney

    John F. McCartney

   Non-Executive Chairman of the Board   February 21, 2013

/s/ George E. Massaro

    George E. Massaro

   Vice Chairman of the Board   February 21, 2013

/s/ C. Mark Hussey

    C. Mark Hussey

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   February 21, 2013

/s/ DuBose Ausley

    DuBose Ausley

   Director   February 21, 2013

/s/ James D. Edwards

    James D. Edwards

   Director   February 21, 2013

/s/ H. Eugene Lockhart

    H. Eugene Lockhart

   Director   February 21, 2013

/s/ John S. Moody

    John S. Moody

   Director   February 21, 2013

 

56


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

INDEX

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Huron Consulting Group Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of earnings and other comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, IL

February 21, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,162      $ 5,080   

Receivables from clients, net

     97,206        107,820   

Unbilled services, net

     47,286        49,056   

Income tax receivable

     192        19,501   

Deferred income taxes, net

     14,751        12,531   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     15,525        14,191   

Current assets of discontinued operations

     250        3,345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     200,372        211,524   

Property and equipment, net

     33,805        31,176   

Other non-current assets

     15,272        14,892   

Intangible assets, net

     18,879        16,867   

Goodwill

     519,522        512,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 787,850      $ 786,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 8,432      $ 8,084   

Accrued expenses

     17,692        22,505   

Accrued payroll and related benefits

     61,672        66,464   

Accrued consideration for business acquisitions, current portion

     5,640        35,062   

Income tax payable

     7,872        101   

Deferred revenues

     15,388        36,721   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     29        765   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     116,725        169,702   

Non-current liabilities:

    

Deferred compensation and other liabilities

     6,973        7,856   

Bank borrowings

     192,500        193,500   

Deferred lease incentives

     6,936        6,670   

Deferred income taxes

     14,510        12,078   

Accrued consideration for business acquisitions, net of current portion

     4,885        —     

Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     225,804        220,153   

Commitments and Contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 24,793,327 and 24,208,549 shares issued at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

     240        234   

Treasury stock, at cost, 1,880,809 and 1,642,018 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

     (83,715     (75,735

Additional paid-in capital

     420,825        400,597   

Retained earnings

     109,330        72,902   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,359     (1,209
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     445,321        396,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 787,850      $ 786,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

      

Revenues

   $ 625,961      $ 606,314      $ 515,668   

Reimbursable expenses

     55,764        51,580        43,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

     681,725        657,894        559,018   

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown in operating expenses):

      

Direct costs

     384,884        376,084        317,025   

Intangible assets amortization

     3,809        5,364        4,125   

Reimbursable expenses

     55,772        51,673        43,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses

     444,465        433,121        364,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     125,266        119,325        111,530   

Restructuring charges

     4,004        3,829        4,062   

Restatement related expenses

     1,785        4,579        8,666   

Litigation settlements, net

     1,150        1,096        17,316   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,529        18,524        18,372   

Goodwill impairment charges

     13,083        21,973        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     163,817        169,326        159,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     73,443        55,447        34,699   

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest expense, net of interest income

     (8,223     (12,259     (14,402

Other income (expense), net

     428        (78     262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (7,795     (12,337     (14,140
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     65,648        43,110        20,559   

Income tax expense

     29,695        21,629        13,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

     35,953        21,481        7,427   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (including loss on disposal of $1.9 million in 2011 and gain on disposal of $1.2 million in 2010), net of tax

     475        (962     1,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 36,428      $ 20,519      $ 8,525   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings per basic share:

      

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 1.64      $ 1.01      $ 0.36   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.02      $ (0.05   $ 0.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.66      $ 0.96      $ 0.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings per diluted share:

      

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 1.61      $ 0.99      $ 0.36   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.02      $ (0.04   $ 0.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.63      $ 0.95      $ 0.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings per share:

      

Basic

     21,905        21,324        20,546   

Diluted

     22,285        21,676        20,774   

Comprehensive income:

      

Net income

   $ 36,428      $ 20,519      $ 8,525   

Foreign currency translation gain (loss), net of tax

     129        154        (689

Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax

     (279     597        (478
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (150     751        (1,167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 36,278      $ 21,270      $ 7,358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

                            Additional           Accumulated
Other
       
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Paid-In     Retained     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Equity  

Balance at December 31, 2009

    21,330,311      $ 213        (1,157,601   $ (51,561   $ 335,272      $ 43,858      $ (793   $ 326,989   

Comprehensive income

              8,525        (1,167     7,358   

Issuance of common stock in connection with:

               

Restricted stock awards, net of cancellations

    839,647        8        (194,844     (12,564     12,556            —     

Exercise of stock options

    71,471        1            72            73   

Share-based compensation

            19,547            19,547   

Shares redeemed for employee tax withholdings

        (68,490     (1,550           (1,550

Income tax deficit on share-based compensation

            (4,045         (4,045
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    22,241,429      $ 222        (1,420,935   $ (65,675   $ 363,402      $ 52,383      $ (1,960   $ 348,372   

Comprehensive income

              20,519        751        21,270   

Issuance of common stock in connection with:

               

Restricted stock awards, net of cancellations

    618,990        6        (109,023     (5,539     5,533            —     

Exercise of stock options

    27,862        1            218            219   

Settlement of class action lawsuit

    474,547        5            13,643            13,648   

Share-based compensation

            18,443            18,443   

Shares redeemed for employee tax withholdings

        (149,075     (4,521           (4,521

Income tax deficit on share-based compensation

            (642         (642
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    23,362,828      $ 234        (1,679,033   $ (75,735   $ 400,597      $ 72,902      $ (1,209   $ 396,789   

Comprehensive income

              36,428        (150     36,278   

Issuance of common stock in connection with:

               

Restricted stock awards, net of cancellations

    497,028        5        (91,304     (3,542     3,537            —     

Exercise of stock options

    44,269        1            275            276   

Share-based compensation

            15,490            15,490   

Shares redeemed for employee tax withholdings

        (119,128     (4,438           (4,438

Income tax benefit on share-based compensation

            926            926   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    23,904,125      $ 240        (1,889,465   $ (83,715   $ 420,825      $ 109,330      $ (1,359   $ 445,321   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 36,428      $ 20,519      $ 8,525   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     25,251        24,717        22,861   

Share-based compensation

     15,651        19,388        20,682   

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

     (4,935     (8,392     350   

Deferred income taxes

     (521     29,702        (863

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —          20        208   

Loss (gain) on sale of business

     —          1,860        (1,232

Non-cash portion of litigation settlements

     —          1,096        12,552   

Impairment charges on goodwill

     13,083        23,900        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired:

      

Decrease (increase) in receivables from clients

     19,713        (21,055     (554

Decrease (increase) in unbilled services

     4,333        (7,179     6,210   

Decrease (increase) in current income tax receivable / payable, net

     27,078        (15,244     13,106   

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     2,615        4,296        2,274   

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (7,001     (4,602     (3,665

(Decrease) increase in accrued payroll and related benefits

     (5,676     20,909        (33,439

(Decrease) increase in deferred revenues

     (20,430     18,682        3,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     105,589        108,617        50,051   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of property and equipment, net

     (20,746     (13,939     (8,500

Net (investment in) surrender of life insurance policies

     (600     (434     687   

Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (55,223     (24,905     (87,946

Capitalization of internally developed software

     (895     —          —     

Sales of businesses

     —          788        7,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (77,464     (38,490     (87,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     276        219        73   

Shares redeemed for employee tax withholdings

     (4,438     (4,521     (1,550

Tax benefit from share-based compensation

     1,585        1,094        1,291   

Proceeds from borrowings under credit facility

     273,000        282,301        363,500   

Repayments on credit facility

     (274,000     (348,500     (325,500

Payments for debt issue costs

     (2,482     —          —     

Payments of capital lease obligations

     (12     (62     (257

Deferred acquisition payments

     (2,000     (2,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (8,071     (71,469     37,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     28        75        97   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     20,082        (1,267     (112

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period (1)

     5,080        6,347        6,459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 25,162      $ 5,080      $ 6,347   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Note received for sale of business

   $ —        $ 2,680      $ —     

Debt issuance costs

   $ —        $ 2,699      $ —     

Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of class action lawsuit

   $ —        $ 13,648      $ —     

Deferred payments related to business combinations

   $ 10,113      $ —        $ —     

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 7,211      $ 9,578      $ 13,303   

Income taxes

   $ 14,370      $ 6,179      $ 8,838   

 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents presented herein includes $0.1 million and $0.7 million of cash and cash equivalents classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

1. Description of Business

We are a leading provider of operational and financial consulting services. We help clients in diverse industries improve performance, comply with complex regulations, reduce costs, recover from distress, leverage technology, process and review large amounts of complex data, and stimulate growth. We team with our clients to deliver sustainable and measurable results. Our professionals employ their expertise in healthcare administration, management, finance and operations to provide our clients with specialized analyses and customized advice and solutions that are tailored to address each client’s particular challenges and opportunities. We provide consulting services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including healthcare organizations, leading academic institutions, governmental entities, Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized businesses, and the law firms that represent these various organizations.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the financial position at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Certain amounts reported in the previous years have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In recent years, we have undertaken several separate initiatives to divest certain practices within the Financial Consulting segment in order to enable us to devote more of our energy and financial resources to the remaining businesses of the Company where we have a more substantial market presence. On December 30, 2011, we sold the Accounting Advisory (“AA”) practice to a group of investors including the managing director of the practice at the time. On September 30, 2010, we completed a sale of a portion of the Disputes and Investigations (“D&I”) practice and wound down the remaining practice operations as of that same date. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2010 we exited the Utilities Consulting (“Utilities”) practice, and in the second quarter of 2010 we exited the business that included the international operations of our Japan office (“Japan”) via a wind down of the business. As a result of these actions, the operating results of AA, D&I, Utilities, and Japan are reported as “discontinued operations.” All other operations of the business are considered “continuing operations.” Amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to this presentation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codifications (“ASC”) Topic 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements” to allow for meaningful comparison of continuing operations. See Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” for additional information about our discontinued operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts that are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Under FASB ASC Topic 605, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services are

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

provided, the price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We generate the majority of our revenues from providing professional services under three types of billing arrangements: time-and-expense, fixed-fee, and performance-based.

Time-and-expense billing arrangements require the client to pay based on the number of hours worked, the number of pages reviewed, or the amount of data processed by our revenue-generating professionals at agreed upon rates. We recognize revenues under time-and-expense billing arrangements as the related services are rendered.

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a predetermined set of professional services. We set the fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the engagements. We recognize revenues under fixed-fee billing arrangements using a proportionate performance approach, which is based on our estimates of work completed to-date versus the total services to be provided under the engagement. Estimates of total engagement revenues and cost of services are monitored regularly during the term of the engagement. If our estimates indicate a potential loss, such loss is recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

In performance-based billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We enter into performance-based engagements in essentially two forms. First, we generally earn fees that are directly related to the savings formally acknowledged by the client as a result of adopting our recommendations for improving operational and cost effectiveness in the areas we review. Second, we have performance-based engagements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain pre-defined outcomes occur. Often, performance-based fees supplement our time-and-expense or fixed-fee engagements. We do not recognize revenues under performance-based billing arrangements until all related performance criteria are met.

We also generate revenues from licensing two types of proprietary software to clients. License revenue from our research administration and compliance software is recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 985-605, generally in the month in which the software is delivered. License revenue from our revenue cycle management software is sold only as a component of our consulting projects, and the services we provide are essential to the functionality of the software. Therefore, revenues from these software licenses are recognized over the term of the related consulting services contract in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35.

Clients that have purchased one of our software licenses can pay an annual fee for software support and maintenance. Annual support and maintenance fee revenue is recognized ratably over the support period, which is generally one year. These fees are billed in advance and included in deferred revenues until recognized.

We have arrangements with clients in which we provide multiple elements of services under one engagement contract. Revenues under these types of arrangements are allocated to each element based on the element’s fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605 and recognized pursuant to the criteria described above.

Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to review by the bankruptcy courts. Expense reimbursements that are billable to clients are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses, and typically an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses are included in total direct costs and reimbursable expenses. Reimbursable expenses are primarily recognized as revenue in the period in which the expense is incurred. Subcontractors that are billed to clients at cost are also included in reimbursable expenses.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue are recognized as either unbilled services or deferred revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Revenues recognized for services performed but not yet billed to clients are recorded as unbilled services. Client prepayments and retainers are classified as deferred (i.e., unearned) revenues and recognized over future periods as earned in accordance with the applicable engagement agreement.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and for services performed but not yet billed based on several factors, including the estimated cash realization from amounts due from clients, an assessment of a client’s ability to make required payments, and the historical percentages of fee adjustments and write-offs by practice group. The allowances are assessed by management on a regular basis.

We record the provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services as a reduction in revenue to the extent the provision relates to fee adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments on accounts receivables, we record the provision in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Direct Costs and Reimbursable Expenses

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses consist primarily of revenue-generating employee compensation and their related benefit and share-based compensation costs, the cost of outside consultants or subcontractors assigned to revenue-generating activities, other third party costs directly attributable to our revenue-generating activities and direct expenses to be reimbursed by clients. Direct costs and reimbursable expenses incurred on engagements are expensed in the period incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments, including overnight investments and commercial paper, with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

To the extent receivables from clients become delinquent, collection activities commence. No single client balance is considered large enough to pose a material credit risk. The allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services are based upon the expected ability to collect accounts receivable, and bill and collect unbilled services. Management does not anticipate incurring losses on accounts receivable in excess of established allowances. See Note 17 “Segment Information” for concentration of accounts receivable and unbilled services.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. The carrying values for receivables from clients, unbilled services, accounts payable, deferred revenues and other accrued liabilities reasonably approximate fair market value due to the nature of the financial instrument and the short-term

maturity of these items. The carrying values of our bank borrowings reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-9


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

approximate fair value, using level 2 inputs, since they bear interest at variable rates based on market rates as set forth in the 2011 Credit Agreement. See Note 11 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Software, computers and related equipment are depreciated over an estimated useful life of two to four years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the initial term of the lease.

Software Development Costs

We expense development costs for software products that will be sold, leased or otherwise marketed until technological feasibility has been established. Similarly, we expense all development costs after the software is available for general release to customers. During the period between the establishment of technological feasibility and availability for general release to customers software development costs are capitalized and subsequently reported at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Capitalized development costs are amortized in proportion to current and future revenue for each product with an annual minimum equal to the straight-line amortization over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. We classify capitalized development costs for software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed as “Other non-current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unamortized capitalized software development costs were $0.9 million at December 31, 2012. We had not capitalized any software development costs as of December 31, 2011. To date, we have not amortized any capitalized software development costs as the products are not yet available for general release to customers.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment.” Events relating to recoverability may include significant unfavorable changes in business conditions, recurring losses, or a significant decline in forecasted operating results over an extended period of time. The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets based upon forecasted undiscounted cash flows. No impairment charges for long-lived assets were recorded in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill

We account for intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” This topic requires that certain identifiable intangible assets be amortized over their expected useful lives. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in a similar manner to our long-lived assets described above. In 2011 the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million relating to intangible assets for which the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value. No impairment charges for intangible assets were recorded in 2012 or 2010.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350, goodwill is required to be tested

 

F-10


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever indications of impairment arise. We have determined our reporting units to be the Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting, and Financial Consulting segments. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, resulting in an impairment charge for the excess. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units and compare this fair value to the carrying value of the reporting units. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-08, which simplifies the periodic testing of goodwill for impairment. This guidance allows companies to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test required under previous accounting standards.

Pursuant to our policy, we performed the annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2012 and determined that no impairment of goodwill existed as of that date. Further, we evaluated whether any events have occurred or any circumstances have changed since November 30, 2012 that would indicate goodwill may have become impaired since our annual impairment test. In this evaluation, we considered qualitative factors such as any adverse change in the business climate, any loss of key personnel, and any unanticipated competition. Based on our evaluation as of December 31, 2012, we determined that no indications of impairment have arisen since our annual goodwill impairment test.

In the third quarter of 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $13.1 million and $22.0 million, respectively, related to our Financial Consulting segment. See Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for information regarding our 2012 and 2011 goodwill impairment charges.

Deferred Lease Incentives

We record as non-current the portion of the deferred lease incentive liability that we expect to recognize over a period greater than one year. The non-current portion of the deferred lease incentive liability totaled $6.9 million and $6.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and was primarily generated from tenant improvement allowances and rent abatement. Deferred lease incentives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. The portion of the deferred lease incentive corresponding to the rent payments that will be paid within 12 months of the balance sheet date is classified as current liabilities. We monitor the classification of such liabilities based on the expectation of their utilization periods.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Current tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable, respectively, on the tax returns for the current year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. To the extent that deferred tax assets will not likely be recovered from future taxable income, a valuation allowance is established against such deferred tax assets.

Share-Based Compensation

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation.” Share-based compensation cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the respective

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

awards. We recognize share-based compensation ratably using the straight-line attribution method over the requisite service period, net of our estimated amount of expected forfeitures.

Sponsorship and Advertising Costs

Sponsorship and advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Such expenses for 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $6.1 million, $6.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively, and are a component of selling, general and administrative expense on our consolidated statement of earnings.

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the United States Dollar (USD) are translated into the USD using the exchange rates in effect at period end. Revenue and expense items are translated using the average exchange rates for the period. Foreign currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is a component of stockholders’ equity.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net on the statements of operations. We recognized immaterial foreign currency transaction losses in 2012, 2011, and 2010.

Segment Reporting

FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise’s business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. Segments are defined by FASB ASC Topic 280 as components of a company in which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker manages the business under three operating segments, which are reportable segments: Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting, and Financial Consulting.

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its internal financial reporting structure. Under the new structure, the Company will begin reporting information as five operating segments: Huron Healthcare; Huron Education and Life Sciences; Huron Legal; Huron Financial; and an all other category.

Beginning in 2013, the current Health and Education Consulting segment will become two separate segments: Huron Healthcare and Huron Education and Life Sciences. These practices continue to share a significant number of academic medical center clients and will continue to closely collaborate in the market. The Legal Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Legal and the Financial Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Financial. The structure of the Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments remains unchanged. In addition, certain immaterial practices which were historically part of our Health and Education Consulting segment will be combined and disclosed in an all other category. While our consolidated results will not be impacted, we will restate our historical segment information during 2013 for consistent presentation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which amends current comprehensive income guidance. This accounting update

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead, the Company must report comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. However, ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” has deferred the specific requirement within ASU 2011-05 to present on the face of the financial statements items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 still requires companies to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU 2011-05. The Company adopted the guidance of ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 in the first quarter of 2012. These provisions required a change in the format of presentation only and did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Discontinued Operations

In recent years, we have undertaken several separate initiatives to divest certain practices within the Financial Consulting segment in order to enable us to devote more of our energy and financial resources to the remaining businesses of the Company where we have a more substantial market presence. On December 30, 2011, we sold the Accounting Advisory (“AA”) practice to a group of investors including the managing director of the practice at the time. On September 30, 2010, we completed a sale of a portion of the Disputes and Investigations (“D&I”) practice and wound down the remaining practice operations as of that same date. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2010 we exited the Utilities Consulting (“Utilities”) practice, and in the second quarter of 2010 we exited the business that included the international operations of our Japan office (“Japan”), via a wind down of the business. The Company recognized a loss of $1.9 million in connection with the sale of AA and a gain of $1.2 million in connection with the sale of D&I.

As a result of these actions, the operating results of AA, D&I, Utilities and Japan are reported as “discontinued operations.” All other operations of the business are considered “continuing operations.” Amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to this presentation in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements” to allow for meaningful comparison of continuing operations. The Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 aggregate amounts associated with the discontinued operations as described above. Summarized operating results of discontinued operations are presented in the following table.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012      2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 598       $ 22,824      $ 64,219   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax expense (1)(2)

   $ 764       $ (1,915   $ 2,922   

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 475       $ (962   $ 1,098   

  

 

(1) Includes goodwill impairment charge of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes restructuring related charges of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to the exit of the D&I and Japan operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The carrying amounts of the major classes of assets and liabilities aggregated in discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table.

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Assets

     

Receivables from clients, net

   $ 250       $ 3,301   

Other current assets

     —           44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     250         3,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 250       $ 3,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Accrued payroll and related benefits

   $  —         $ 585   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     29         180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     29         765   

Other non-current liabilities

     —           49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 29       $ 814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The table below sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     Health and
Education
Consulting
    Legal
Consulting
    Financial
Consulting
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2010:

        

Goodwill

   $ 418,652      $ 33,013      $ 160,549      $ 612,214   

Accumulated impairment losses

     —          —          (106,000     (106,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill, net as of December 31, 2010

     418,652        33,013        54,549        506,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded in connection with business combinations

     118        175        —          293   

Additional purchase price subsequently recorded for business combinations (1)

     32,058        —          —          32,058   

Goodwill allocated to disposal of AA (2)

     —          —          (2,472     (2,472

Foreign currency translation

     —          (8     —          (8

Impairment charge

     —          —          (23,900     (23,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011:

        

Goodwill

   $ 450,828      $ 33,180      $ 158,077      $ 642,085   

Accumulated impairment losses

     —          —          (129,900     (129,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill, net as of December 31, 2011

     450,828        33,180        28,177        512,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded in connection with business combinations

     552        19,353        —          19,905   

Additional purchase price subsequently recorded for business combinations (1)

     101        —          —          101   

Foreign currency translation

     —          414        —          414   

Goodwill reallocation (3)

     (1,000     —          1,000        —     

Impairment charge

     —          —          (13,083     (13,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012:

        

Goodwill

     450,481        52,947        159,077        662,505   

Accumulated impairment losses

     —          —          (142,983     (142,983
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill, net as of December 31, 2012

   $ 450,481      $ 52,947      $ 16,094      $ 519,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of additional purchase price earned by selling shareholders subsequent to the business combination as certain financial performance targets and conditions were met. These payments are not contingent upon the continuing employment of the selling shareholders. Such amounts are recorded as additional purchase consideration in the period they are earned with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill. As of December 31, 2011, $32.1 million was accrued under such arrangements and was paid to selling shareholders in 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we have no further obligations under these arrangements.
(2) In accordance with ASC Topic 350, a portion of the goodwill associated with the Financial Consulting segment as of December 30, 2011 was allocated to the AA practice based on the relative fair value of the business disposed of and the portion of the reporting unit that was retained. Accordingly, goodwill allocated to the Financial Consulting segment was reduced by $2.5 million and included in the loss on disposal of the AA practice.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

(3) From time to time, we reorganize our internal organization structure to better align our service offerings. During the first quarter of 2012, we moved our healthcare valuation practice from our Health and Education Consulting segment to our Financial Consulting segment. As a result, $1.0 million of related goodwill was also reallocated between these segments using a relative fair value approach.

2012 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

Pursuant to our policy and in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2012. This test was performed using the quantitative two-step process described in ASC Topic 350. Based on the result of the first step of this goodwill impairment analysis, we determined that the fair values of our Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting, and Financial Consulting segments exceeded their respective carrying values by 80%, 60%, and 14%, respectively. Since the fair value of all reporting units exceeded their carrying values, the second step of the goodwill impairment test was not necessary.

In estimating the fair value of our reporting units, we have relied on a combination of the income approach and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method, with a fifty-fifty weighting. For companies providing services similar to those provided by us, the income and market approaches will generally provide the most reliable indications of value because the value of such companies is more dependent on their ability to generate earnings than on the value of the individual assets.

In the income approach, we utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, which involved estimating the expected after-tax cash flows that will be generated by our reporting units and then discounting those cash flows to present value reflecting the relevant risks associated with the reporting units and the time value of money. This approach requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including long-term projections of future cash flows, market conditions, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, revenue growth, perpetual growth rates and profitability, among others. In estimating future cash flows, we relied on an internally generated five-year forecast. For periods after the five-year forecast, we estimated a 3.5% long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate for our Health and Education Consulting segment and a 3.0% long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate for our Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments. Our forecast is based on our historical experience, current backlog, expected market demand, and other industry information. Our discounted cash flow analysis assumed a 13% weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) discount rate for each reporting unit.

In the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method, which involved calculating valuation multiples based on operating data from guideline publicly traded companies. Multiples derived from guideline companies provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. These multiples were then applied to the operating data for our reporting units and adjusted for factors similar to those used in a discounted cash flow analysis to arrive at an indication of value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires us to make significant judgments, estimates and assumptions. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions underlying our valuation methodology are reasonable, these estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such charge. The results of an impairment analysis are as of a point in time. There is no assurance that the actual future earnings or cash flows of our reporting units will not decline significantly from our projections. We will monitor any changes to our assumptions and will evaluate goodwill as deemed warranted during future periods. Any significant decline in our operations could result in additional goodwill impairment charges.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Third Quarter 2012 Goodwill Impairment Charge

In the second quarter of 2012, our Financial Consulting segment leadership undertook several initiatives intended to improve the reporting unit’s financial performance. While the reporting unit’s third quarter financial results improved over the second quarter results, the progress of the financial, operational, and business development improvements was not in line with our expectations, causing us to believe that the likely time frame to improve the reporting unit’s performance would be longer than originally anticipated. Therefore, we concluded that the carrying value of the reporting unit likely exceeded its fair value and, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, we performed an interim impairment test.

Our goodwill impairment test was performed using the quantitative two-step process discussed above. In the first step, we compared the fair value of the Financial Consulting segment with its net book value (or carrying amount), including goodwill. In estimating the fair value of the Financial Consulting segment, we relied on a combination of the income approach and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method, with a fifty-fifty weighting. Based on the result of the first step, we determined that the fair value of our Financial Consulting segment was less than its carrying value as of September 30, 2012 and, as such, we applied the second step of the goodwill impairment test to this reporting unit. The second step compared the implied fair value of the Financial Consulting segment’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit. Based on the result of the second step of the goodwill impairment analysis, we recorded a $13.1 million non-cash pretax charge to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our Financial Consulting segment.

In estimating future cash flows for our Financial Consulting segment, we relied on an internally generated six-year forecast and a three percent long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. Our forecast was based on our historical experience, current backlog, expected market demand, and other industry information. Our discounted cash flow analysis assumed a 13% WACC discount rate.

Third Quarter 2011 Goodwill Impairment Charge

During the third quarter of 2011, in connection with our quarterly forecasting cycle, we updated the forecasted results of operations for our operating segments based on the most recent financial results and our best estimates of future operations. The updated forecast reflected a decline in revenues for the AA practice within our Financial Consulting segment primarily due to the inability to generate new sales to replace decreasing revenues from one significant client. As a result, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, we performed an impairment analysis with respect to the carrying value of goodwill in our Financial Consulting segment.

Our goodwill impairment test was performed using the quantitative two-step process discussed above. In the first step, we compared the fair value of the Financial Consulting segment with its net book value (or carrying amount), including goodwill. In estimating the fair value of the Financial Consulting segment, we relied on a combination of the income approach and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method, with a fifty-fifty weighting. Based on the result of the first step, we determined that the fair value of our Financial Consulting segment was less than its carrying value as of September 30, 2011 and, as such, we applied the second step of the goodwill impairment test to this segment as described above. Based on the result of the second

 

F-17


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

step of the goodwill impairment analysis, we recorded a $23.9 million non-cash pretax charge to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our Financial Consulting segment. The tax benefit associated with this charge was $9.5 million. Of the $23.9 million goodwill impairment charge, $1.9 million is reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

In estimating future cash flows for our Financial Consulting reporting unit, we relied on an internally generated six-year forecast and a three percent long-term assumed annual revenue growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. Our forecast was based on our historical experience, current backlog, expected market demand, and other industry information. Our discounted cash flow analysis assumed a 14% WACC discount rate.

Acquisitions

During 2012, the Company completed two acquisitions within the Legal Consulting segment; Ascertus Ltd., a London-based source of software solutions and professional services for corporate legal departments and law firms, and AdamsGrayson, a managed review and legal staffing firm based in Washington, D.C., and one acquisition within the Health and Education Consulting segment; the Higher Education practice of Slover-Linett Strategies, Inc., a research and assessment services practice for colleges, universities and other higher education organizations (“Slover-Linett”). The aggregate fair value of the total consideration transferred for the two acquisitions within the Legal Consulting segment totaled $31.2 million. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, we recorded $8.6 million of intangible assets and $19.4 million of goodwill related to these two acquisitions. The fair value of the total consideration transferred for the acquisition within the Health and Education Consulting segment totaled $1.5 million. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, we recorded $0.4 million of intangible assets and $1.0 million of goodwill related to this acquisition.

We have recognized the assets and liabilities of Slover-Linett based on our preliminary estimates of their acquisition date fair values. The determination of the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities (and the related determination of estimated lives of depreciable tangible and identifiable intangible assets) requires significant judgment. As such, we have not completed our valuation analysis and calculations in sufficient detail necessary to arrive at the final estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, along with the related allocations to goodwill and intangible assets.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

          December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Useful Life
in Years
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   3 to 13    $ 24,738       $ 10,268       $ 17,367       $ 6,950   

Non-competition agreements

   1 to 6      4,684         3,067         6,693         4,442   

Trade names

   1 to 8      150         8         247         192   

Technology and software

   3 to 5      4,041         1,751         11,949         7,805   

Document reviewer database

   3      450         90         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 34,063       $ 15,184       $ 36,256       $ 19,389   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The majority of the customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis to correspond to the cash flows expected to be derived from the relationships. All other customer relationships, non-competition agreements, trade names, technology and software, and the document reviewer database are amortized on a straight-line basis.

Intangible assets amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $7.0 million, $8.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively. Estimated intangible assets amortization expense is $5.8 million for 2013, $4.5 million for 2014, $3.1 million for 2015, $1.8 million for 2016 and $1.2 million for 2017. Actual amortization expense could differ from these estimated amounts as a result of future acquisitions and other factors.

As discussed under Note 9 “Restructuring Charges,” we wrote off $0.6 million of intangible assets during 2011 as a result of a change in strategy and forecasted results for a specific practice in our Health and Education Consulting segment.

 

5. Property and Equipment

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $15.3 million, $15.7 million and $14.6 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Property and equipment at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are detailed below:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Computers, related equipment and software

   $ 54,575      $ 54,404   

Leasehold improvements

     36,388        32,250   

Furniture and fixtures

     18,946        17,189   

Assets under capital lease

     877        1,345   

Assets under construction

     —          101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     110,786        105,289   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (76,981     (74,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 33,805      $ 31,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2011, we decreased our estimate of the expected useful life for certain internal use software and as a result recorded additional depreciation expense of $0.6 million and $1.2 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, this software is fully depreciated.

 

6. Borrowings

During 2011, the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries as guarantors entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with various financial institutions, as amended by the first amendment to the credit agreement dated as of August 31, 2012 (collectively, the “2011 Credit Agreement”). The 2011 Credit Agreement replaced the previous Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2006, and all subsequent amendments thereto, by and among the Company and the lenders therein.

The 2011 Credit Agreement consists of a senior secured credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million comprised of a five-year revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) under which the Company may borrow from time to time up to $247.5 million and a $202.5 million five-year term loan facility (“Term Loan”) that was funded in a single advance on the closing date of the first amendment. The 2011 Credit Agreement

 

F-19


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

provides for the option to increase the revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $50 million subject to certain requirements as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement. The proceeds of the senior secured credit facility were used to refinance existing indebtedness and will continue to be used for working capital, capital expenditures, and other corporate purposes.

The obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement are secured pursuant to a Security Agreement with Bank of America as Administrative Agent. The Security Agreement grants Bank of America, N.A. for the ratable benefit of the lenders under the 2011 Credit Agreement, a first-priority lien, subject to permitted liens, on substantially all of the personal property assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. The Revolver and Term Loan are also secured by a pledge of 100% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting stock or other equity interests in our foreign subsidiaries.

Fees and interest on borrowings vary based on our total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio as set forth in the 2011 Credit Agreement. Interest is based on a spread over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or a spread over the base rate, as selected by the Company. The base rate is the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate and (c) except during a Eurodollar Unavailability Period, the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.0%.

The Term Loan, as amended, is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments equal to 4.9% of the original principal balance in 2012, which has been paid as of December 31, 2012, 11.7% in 2013, 12.4% in 2014, 14.2% in 2015, 14.8% in 2016 and 42.0% in 2017, as set forth in the 2011 Credit Agreement. The maturity date for the Term Loan is August 31, 2017, at which time the outstanding principal balance and all accrued interest will be due and payable in full. All outstanding borrowings under the Revolver, as amended, will be due upon expiration of the 2011 Credit Agreement on August 31, 2017.

Under the 2011 Credit Agreement, dividends are restricted to an amount up to $50 million plus 50% of cumulative consolidated net income from the closing date of the 2011 Credit Agreement plus 50% of the net cash proceeds from equity issuances. In addition, certain acquisitions and similar transactions need to be approved by the lenders.

The 2011 Credit Agreement contains quarterly financial covenants that require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.25 to 1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 with step-downs in subsequent periods, as those ratios are defined therein, as well as a minimum net worth greater than $150 million. At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with these financial covenants with a fixed charge coverage ratio of 3.54 to 1.00, a leverage ratio of 1.64 to 1.00, and net worth greater than $150 million. At December 31, 2011, we were also in compliance with our financial covenants.

The borrowing capacity under the 2011 Credit Agreement is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit and payments under the Term Loan. At December 31, 2012, outstanding letters of credit totaled $5.1 million and are primarily used as security deposits for our office facilities. As of December 31, 2012, the unused borrowing capacity under the 2011 Credit Agreement was $242.4 million. Borrowings outstanding under this credit facility at December 31, 2012 totaled $192.5 million. These borrowings carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.5%, including the effect of the interest rate swaps described below in Note 10 “Derivative Instrument and Hedging Activity.” All of the borrowings outstanding under the 2011 Credit Agreement are classified as long-term on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as the principal under the Revolver is not due until 2017 and we intend to fund scheduled quarterly payments under the Term Loan with availability under the Revolver. Borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2011 were $193.5 million and carried a weighted average interest rate of 3.3%.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

In connection with the first amendment to the credit agreement, we incurred debt issue costs of approximately $2.5 million, which are amortized over the remaining life of the credit agreement using the effective interest method. The payment of debt issue costs is reflected as cash used in financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012. This amount was incorrectly classified in net cash provided by operating activities in the cash flow statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, resulting in an understatement of net cash provided by operating activities and an overstatement of net cash provided by financing activities for that period. These changes are not considered material, and there were no other changes in presentation or classification from prior periods.

 

7. Capital Structure

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors, without any further stockholder action or approval, to issue these shares in one or more classes or series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each class or series, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued class or series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no such preferred stock has been approved or issued.

Common Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any series of preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding, holders of common stock are entitled to such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, after payment of all of our debts and liabilities and subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any series of preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding, holders of common stock will be entitled to receive the distribution of any of our remaining assets.

 

8. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding unvested restricted common stock. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential reduction in earnings per share that could occur if securities or other

 

F-21


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock under the treasury stock method. Earnings per share under the basic and diluted computations are as follows:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 35,953      $ 21,481      $ 7,427   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    475        (962     1,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 36,428      $ 20,519      $ 8,525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    21,905        21,324        20,546   

Weighted average common stock equivalents

    380        352        228   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    22,285        21,676        20,774   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings per basic share:

     

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 1.64      $ 1.01      $ 0.36   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.02        (0.05     0.05   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1.66      $ 0.96      $ 0.41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings per diluted share:

     

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 1.61      $ 0.99      $ 0.36   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.02        (0.04     0.05   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1.63      $ 0.95      $ 0.41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes outstanding options and other common stock equivalents in periods where inclusion of such potential common stock instruments would be anti-dilutive. The weighted average common stock equivalents presented above do not include the effect of approximately 85,300, 342,000 and 594,800 common stock equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

9. Restructuring Charges

During 2012, we incurred a $4.0 million pretax restructuring expense. This expense primarily consisted of the following charges:

Severance—As the result of workforce reductions to better align our resources with market demand we incurred severance expense of $0.4 million relating to the wind-down of certain operations in the Middle East in our Health and Education Consulting segment.

Office exit costs—During 2012 we consolidated our Washington, D.C. office space and relocated one of our New York City offices. In conjunction with the Washington, D.C. office space consolidation, we recorded a $0.7 million charge related to the present value of the remaining lease payments through 2015 for our old office space, net of estimated sublease income. We relocated the New York City office during the fourth quarter of 2012 and incurred a $0.7 million charge for brokerage fees related to the execution of a sublease agreement for the space we exited. We did not incur a lease charge related to the relocation of our New York City office space as income from our subtenant is expected to more than offset our remaining lease obligations through 2016, net of our deferred lease liability. These charges were partially offset by a $0.9 million net favorable impact related to updated assumptions for certain lease accruals related to previously vacated office spaces and a release from our

 

F-22


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

obligation for certain vacated space at our Chicago headquarters in connection with the lease amendment entered into during the fourth quarter.

Accelerated Depreciation—We incurred $2.5 million of accelerated depreciation expense on leasehold improvements at our New York City office location, which we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2012, as discussed above. We also incurred $0.4 million of accelerated depreciation expense on leasehold improvements at one of our Washington, D.C. office locations and our Amman, Jordan office location, which we vacated during 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, our restructuring charge liability is $1.6 million, and consists of $1.3 million related to the present value of remaining lease payments, net of estimated sublease income, for our vacated office space primarily in San Francisco and Washington, D.C. and $0.3 million of accrued severance expense.

During 2011, we incurred a $3.8 million pretax restructuring expense. This expense consisted of the following charges:

Severance—As the result of workforce reductions to better align our resources with market demand we incurred severance expense of $1.0 million relating to our Health and Education Consulting segment.

Office exit costs—During 2011 we relocated our Boston office and consolidated space at our Chicago headquarters. In conjunction with the Boston relocation, we incurred moving expenses and recorded a charge for the present value of the remaining lease payments through 2013 for our old office space, net of estimated sublease income. The total charge associated with the Boston office exit was $0.3 million. As a result of the Chicago office space consolidation we incurred a $0.5 million charge, which primarily consisted of the present value of remaining lease payments through 2014, net of estimated sublease income.

Accelerated Depreciation—We accelerated the depreciation on leasehold improvements related to two of our office spaces. We incurred $0.6 million of accelerated depreciation expense on leasehold improvements at our Boston office location, which we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2011, as discussed above. We also incurred $0.8 million of accelerated depreciation expense on leasehold improvements related to our New York City office, which we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2012, as discussed above.

Intangible Asset Write-off—As the result of a change in strategy and forecasted results for a specific practice in our Health and Education Consulting segment we wrote-off $0.6 million of intangible assets during 2011.

During 2010, we incurred a $4.1 million pretax restructuring charge, consisting primarily of office exit costs relating to the exit of our San Francisco office space due to the excess capacity at the space and virtual nature of the employees in this geographic location. We also incurred a charge relating to the consolidation of two of our offices into one existing location and the exit of excess office space as a result of the disposition of the D&I practice.

 

10. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

On March 20, 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement for a notional amount of $100.0 million effective on March 31, 2009 and ending on February 23, 2012. We entered into this derivative instrument to hedge against the risk of changes in future cash flows related to changes in interest rates on $100.0 million of the total variable-rate borrowings outstanding described above in Note 6 “Borrowings.” Under the terms of the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

interest rate swap agreement, we received from the counterparty interest on the $100.0 million notional amount based on one-month LIBOR and we paid to the counterparty a fixed rate of 1.715%. This swap effectively converted $100.0 million of our variable-rate borrowings to fixed-rate borrowings beginning on March 31, 2009 and through February 23, 2012.

On December 8, 2011, we entered into a forward amortizing interest rate swap agreement effective on February 29, 2012 and ending on April 14, 2016. We entered into this derivative instrument to continue hedging against the interest rate risks of our variable-rate borrowings described above. The swap had an initial notional amount of $56.6 million and amortizes throughout the term. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on one-month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 0.9875%.

On May 30, 2012, we entered into an additional forward amortizing interest rate swap agreement effective on May 31, 2012 and ending on April 14, 2016. We entered into this derivative instrument to further hedge against the interest rate risks of our variable-rate borrowings described above. The swap has an initial notional amount of $37.0 million and amortizes throughout the term. Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, we receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on one-month LIBOR and we pay to the counterparty a fixed rate of 0.70%.

FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value on the balance sheet. In accordance with ASC Topic 815, we have designated these derivative instruments as cash flow hedges. As such, changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) to the extent of effectiveness and reclassified into interest expense upon settlement. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instruments is recognized in interest expense. As of December 31, 2012, it was anticipated that $0.3 million of the net losses, net of tax, currently recorded in OCI will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. Our interest rate swap agreements were effective during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

The tables below set forth additional information relating to these interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Fair Value (Derivative Liability)  

Balance Sheet Location

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Accrued expenses

   $ 493       $ 216   

Deferred compensation and other liabilities

   $ 439       $ 250   

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax, beginning of period

   $ (275   $ (872   $ (394

Change in fair value, net of tax

     (683     (311     (1,356

Reclassification adjustments into earnings, net of tax

     404        908        878   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax, end of period

   $ (554   $ (275   $ (872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

We do not use derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, and we did not have any other derivative instruments or hedging activities as of December 31, 2012.

 

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain of our assets and liabilities are measured at fair value. FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value and requires companies to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels based on the objectivity of the inputs as follows:

 

Level 1 Inputs    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs    Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 Inputs    Level 3 Inputs Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability.

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. The carrying values for receivables from clients, unbilled services, accounts payable, deferred revenues and other accrued liabilities reasonably approximate fair market value due to the nature of the financial instrument and the short-term maturity of these items. The carrying values of our bank borrowings reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate fair value, using level 2 inputs, since they bear interest at variable rates based on market rates as set forth in the 2011 Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 6 “Borrowings.”

 

F-25


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The table below sets forth the fair value hierarchy for our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  

December 31, 2012

           

Asset:

           

Promissory note

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,907       $ 2,907   

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ 932       $ —         $ 932   

Deferred acquisition payments

     —           —           10,525         10,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 932       $ 10,525       $ 11,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

           

Asset:

           

Promissory note

   $ —         $  —         $ 2,680       $ 2,680   

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ 466       $ —         $ 466   

Deferred acquisition payment

     —           —           1,969         1,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 466       $ 1,969       $ 2,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As part of the consideration received for the sale of our AA practice on December 30, 2011, the Company received a $3.5 million promissory note payable over four years. The note will be paid to the Company in quarterly installments of approximately $0.2 million beginning in April 2013 with a final payment of approximately $1.1 million on the maturity date in December 2015. The fair value of the note is based on the net present value of the projected cash flows using a discount rate of 14%, which accounts for the risks associated with the note. The increase in the fair value of the note during 2012 reflects the accretion of interest income in excess of interest payments received.

The fair value of the interest rate swaps was derived using estimates to settle the interest rate swap agreements, which are based on the net present value of expected future cash flows on each leg of the swaps utilizing market-based inputs and discount rates reflecting the risks involved.

Deferred acquisition payments are included in the total purchase consideration for certain business acquisitions the Company has completed, and represent fixed future payments owed to the sellers of those businesses. The fair value of the deferred acquisition payments is based on the payment terms, which range from 1 to 2 years, and the net present value of expected cash flows using a discount rate ranging from 4% to 8%.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

12. Comprehensive Income

The tables below set forth the components of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
    Before
Taxes
    Tax
(Expense)
Benefit
    Net of
Taxes
    Before
Taxes
    Tax
(Expense)
Benefit
    Net of
Taxes
    Before
Taxes
    Tax
(Expense)
Benefit
    Net of
Taxes
 

Net income

      $ 36,428          $ 20,519          $ 8,525   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  $ 235      $ (106   $ 129      $ 175      $ (21   $ 154      $ (893   $ 204      $ (689

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedging instruments

    (466     187        (279     994        (397     597        (796     318        (478
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (231   $ 81      $ (150   $ 1,169      $ (418   $ 751      $ (1,689   $ 522      $ (1,167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      $ 36,278          $ 21,270          $ 7,358   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

13. Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation Plans

We sponsor a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all of our employees. Under the plan, employees are entitled to make pretax contributions. We match an amount equal to the employees’ contributions up to 6% of the employees’ salaries. Our matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $12.0 million, $11.1 million and $10.9 million, respectively.

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) that is administered by our Board of Directors or a committee designated by the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, members of the Board of Directors and a select group of our employees may elect to defer the receipt of their director retainers and meeting fees or base salary and bonus, as applicable. Additionally, we may credit amounts to a participant’s deferred compensation account in accordance with employment or other agreements entered into between us and the participant. At our sole discretion, we may, but are not required to, credit any additional amount we desire to any participant’s deferred compensation account. Amounts credited are subject to vesting schedules set forth in the Plan, employment agreement or any other agreement entered into between us and the participant. The deferred compensation liability at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $4.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

 

14. Equity Incentive Plans

In 2012, Huron adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), in order to increase the number of shares of common stock available as equity compensation to employees, non-employee directors, and independent contractors, and to make certain updates to reflect changes in market practices since our last plan, the 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan (the “2004 Plan”) was adopted. The 2012 Plan permits the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares and other share-based or cash-based awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our common stock.

The 2012 Plan replaced, on a prospective basis, our 2004 Plan such that all future grants will be granted under the 2012 Plan and any outstanding awards granted under the 2004 Plan that are cancelled, expired, forfeited,

 

F-27


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a delivery of shares to the participant will not become available for grant under the 2012 Plan. Under the 2012 Plan, as originally adopted, 850,000 shares plus 548,204 shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2004 Plan as of the adoption date were reserved for issuance to eligible participants, for a total of 1,398,204 shares available for issuance as of the adoption date. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 1,352,530 shares remain available for issuance.

The 2004 Plan, which replaced our then-existing equity plans for grants of share-based awards, permitted the grant of stock options, restricted stock, and other share-based awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our common stock. Under the 2004 Plan, shares of common stock were reserved for issuance to eligible employees, executive officers, independent contractors and outside directors. Upon adoption of the 2012 Plan, no further awards will be made under the 2004 Plan. Any awards made under the 2004 Plan prior to adoption of the 2012 Plan will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2004 Plan.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has the responsibility of interpreting the 2012 Plan and determining all of the terms and conditions of awards made under the 2012 Plan, including when the awards will become exercisable or otherwise vest. Subject to acceleration under certain conditions, the majority of our stock options and restricted stock vest annually over four years, and our performance-based share awards vest over a three year period, as discussed below. All stock options have a ten-year contractual term.

Total share-based compensation cost recognized for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $15.7 million, $19.2 million and $19.1 million, respectively, with related income tax benefits of $6.0 million, $7.0 million and $7.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, there was $19.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.

Stock Options

In May 2010, the Company granted 100,000 stock option awards to our Chief Executive Officer under the 2004 Plan. Of the 100,000 option grant, 50,000 stock options vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and 50,000 stock options vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and were subject to the further condition that, on or before the third anniversary of the grant date, the 60 business day average price of a share of the Company’s common stock shall have exceeded 125% of the grant date price of a share of the Company’s common stock. This condition was met during the third quarter of 2011. Therefore, all 100,000 stock options will vest in May 2013, provided he is still actively employed. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2010 was $11.08.

During 2012 and 2011, the Company granted 40,463 and 49,196 stock option awards, respectively, to certain named executive officers under the 2004 Plan. The weighted average fair value of the options granted during 2012 and 2011 was $17.09 and $12.52, respectively. These awards vest annually over four years.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The weighted average fair values of the options granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 were calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation using the following assumptions:

 

         2012            2011            2010    

Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

        

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

Expected volatility

   45.0%    45.0%    45.0%

Risk-free rate

   1.2%    2.1%/2.7%    2.9%

Expected option life (in years)

   6.25    6.25    6.25

Monte Carlo simulation:

        

Expected dividend yield

   —      —      0.0%

Expected volatility

   —      —      45.0%

Risk-free rate

   —      —      3.69%

Expected option life (in years)

   —      —      10

Expected volatility was based on our historical stock prices, the historical volatility of comparable companies, and implied volatilities from traded options in our stock. The risk-free interest rates were based on the rate of U.S. Treasury bills with equivalent expected terms of the stock options at the time of the option grant. The expected option life for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 option grants was estimated using the simplified method. The simplified method was used due to the lack of sufficient historical data available to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term due to the limited period of time our shares have been publicly traded.

Stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(in dollars)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     229      $ 13.94         5.7       $ 2.8   

Granted

     49      $ 26.41         

Exercised

     (28   $ 7.84         

Forfeited or expired

     —        $ —           
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     250      $ 17.07         6.0       $ 5.4   

Granted

     40      $ 38.18         

Exercised

     (44   $ 6.23         

Forfeited or expired

     —        $ —           
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     246      $ 22.49         6.4       $ 2.7   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     69      $ 9.82         2.4       $ 1.6   
  

 

 

         

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.2 million, $0.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Restricted Stock Awards

The grant date fair values of our restricted stock awards are measured pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. Restricted stock activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(in dollars)
 

Nonvested restricted stock at December 31, 2010

     1,057      $ 36.24   

Granted

     409      $ 27.09   

Vested

     (481   $ 36.24   

Forfeited

     (135   $ 37.94   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested restricted stock at December 31, 2011

     850      $ 31.57   

Granted

     399      $ 37.46   

Vested

     (327   $ 35.56   

Forfeited

     (102   $ 30.79   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested restricted stock at December 31, 2012

     820      $ 32.95   
  

 

 

   

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $12.2 million, $14.5 million and $11.9 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock granted during 2010 was $23.70.

Performance-based Share Awards

The grant date fair values of our performance-based share awards are measured pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. The total number of shares earned by recipients of these awards is dependent upon the achievement of predefined performance goals during the year of grant as established by the Compensation Committee. For certain performance awards, the recipients may earn additional shares of stock for performance achieved above a stated target level.

In March and August 2011, the Company granted 55,000 performance-based share awards to certain executive officers to promote earnings growth. The performance condition for these awards was based on targets related to the Company’s fiscal 2011 adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial measure. The recipients earned 97% of the total award based on the Company’s actual 2011 results compared to the stated target levels. One third of these shares vested on December 31, 2011 and the remaining two thirds will vest on December 31, 2013.

In April 2011, the Company granted 109,000 performance-based share awards to certain managing directors in our Healthcare practice in order to incentivize them to meet stated financial and operational goals. The performance conditions for these awards were based on targets related to the practice’s 2011 revenue and EBITDA, which were both equally weighted. The recipients earned 97.9% of the total award based on the practice’s actual 2011 results compared to the stated target levels. One third of these shares vested in the first quarter of 2012 and the remaining two thirds will vest annually over the next two-year period.

In March 2012, the Company granted 42,000 performance-based share awards to certain executive officers to promote earnings growth. The performance condition for these awards was based on targets related to the

 

F-30


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Company’s fiscal 2012 adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial measure. The recipients earned 25% of the total award based on the Company’s actual 2012 results compared to the stated target levels. One third of these shares vested on December 31, 2012 and the remaining two thirds will vest on December 31, 2014.

In March 2012, the Company granted 79,000 performance-based share awards to certain managing directors in our Healthcare practice in order to incentivize them to meet stated financial and operational goals. The performance conditions for these awards were based on targets related to the practice’s 2012 revenue and EBITDA, which were both equally weighted. The recipients earned 47% of the total award based on the practice’s actual 2012 results compared to the stated target levels. These awards will vest annually over a three-year period, with the first third vesting on March 1, 2013.

Performance-based stock activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(in dollars)
 

Nonvested performance-based stock at December 31, 2010

     197      $ 23.86   

Granted

     164      $ 27.10   

Vested

     (29   $ 23.86   

Forfeited

     (150   $ 24.12   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested performance-based stock at December 31, 2011

     182      $ 26.56   

Granted

     121      $ 38.18   

Vested

     (79   $ 25.90   

Forfeited

     (35   $ 30.42   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested performance-based stock at December 31, 2012

     189      $ 33.55   
  

 

 

   

The aggregate fair value of performance-based stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $2.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively. There was no vesting of performance-based stock during the year ended December 31, 2010. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of performance-based stock granted during 2010 was $23.86.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

15. Income Taxes

The income tax expense for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 consists of the following:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 23,511      $ (9,428   $ 8,282   

State

     5,033        (542     3,651   

Foreign

     59        (115     79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     28,603        (10,085     12,012   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     878        27,972        1,098   

State

     289        3,513        (96

Foreign

     (75     229        118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     1,092        31,714        1,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense for continuing operations

   $ 29,695      $ 21,629      $ 13,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income from continuing operations before income tax expense were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

U.S.

   $ 76,750      $ 54,313      $ 25,658   

Foreign

     (11,102     (11,203     (5,099
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 65,648      $ 43,110      $ 20,559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate for continuing operations is as follows.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Percent of pretax income from continuing operations:

      

At U.S. statutory tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State income taxes

     5.4        6.6        12.6   

Meals and entertainment

     0.8        1.2        3.0   

Valuation allowance

     2.0        4.5        3.9   

Realized investment (gains) losses

     (0.1     0.3        (0.4

Disallowed executive compensation

     0.3        0.7        4.2   

Foreign source income

     2.5        4.5        6.0   

Tax credits

            (2.5       

Other

     (0.7     (0.1     (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax expense rate for continuing operations

     45.2     50.2     63.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The effective tax rate for discontinued operations in 2012 was 37.8% based on a tax expense of $0.3 million. The effective income tax rate was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes. The effective tax rate for discontinued operations in 2011 was 49.8% based on a tax benefit of $1.0 million. The income tax benefit in 2011 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to a foreign benefit adjustment. The effective tax rate for discontinued operations in 2010 was 62.4% based on a tax expense of $1.8 million. The income tax expense in 2010 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to an increase in valuation allowance.

Deferred tax assets for continuing operations at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Share-based compensation

     6,337        4,558   

Accrued payroll and other liabilities

     9,215        6,663   

Deferred lease incentives

     3,381        3,354   

Revenue recognition

     3,219        3,400   

Net operating loss carry forwards

     4,354        3,341   

Tax Credits

     611        2,237   

Other

     2,408        1,651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     29,525        25,204   

Valuation allowance

     (4,104     (2,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     25,421        22,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     (4,174     (4,864

Property and equipment

     (1,478     (2,242

Section 197 Intangibles/Goodwill

     (17,774     (14,441

Other

     (1,754     (664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (25,180     (22,211
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset for continuing operations

   $ 241      $ 453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had valuation allowances of $4.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively, primarily due to uncertainties relating to the ability to utilize deferred tax assets recorded for foreign losses. In addition, the Company has net foreign operating losses of $19.5 million which carry forward indefinitely and state net operating loss carry forwards of $3.5 million which will expire between the years 2025 and 2031. The Company also has federal and state tax credit carry forwards of $0.6 million. The federal tax credits will expire in 2021 and the state tax credits will expire in 2017.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, we must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

A reconciliation of our beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2010

   $ 1,614   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     202   

Decrease based on settlements with taxing authorities

     (171

Decrease due to lapse of statute of limitations

     (899
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 746   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

       

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior years

     52   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 798   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

       

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior years

     117   

Decrease due to lapse of statute of limitations

     (474
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 441   
  

 

 

 

Of the $0.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012, $0.4 million would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. We do not expect that changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the next 12 months will have a significant impact on our financial position or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, an immaterial amount was accrued for the potential payment of interest and penalties. Accrued interest and penalties are recorded as a component of provision for income taxes on our consolidated statement of operations.

We file income tax returns with federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is currently under audit by federal tax authorities for tax years 2009, 2010, and 2011. The Company is currently under audit by the State of Wisconsin for tax years 2006, 2007, and 2008, and the State of Massachusetts for the tax years 2009 and 2010. Our foreign income tax filings are subject to future examinations by the local tax authorities for tax years 2007 through 2012.

 

16. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Lease Commitments

We lease office space and certain equipment and software under non-cancelable operating and capital lease arrangements expiring on various dates through 2024, with various renewal options. Our principal executive offices located in Chicago, Illinois are under a lease expiring in September 2024. We have a five-year renewal option that will allow us to continue to occupy this office space until September 2029. Office facilities under operating leases include fixed or minimum payments plus, in some cases, scheduled base rent increases over the term of the lease. Certain leases provide for monthly payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expense applicable to the property. Some of the leases contain provisions whereby the future rental payments

 

F-34


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

may be adjusted for increases in operating expense above the specified amount. Rental expense, including operating costs and taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $16.8 million, $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases and sublease income as of December 31, 2012, are as follows:

 

     Capital
Lease
Obligations
     Operating
Lease
Obligations
     Sublease
Income
 

2013

   $ 2       $ 15,159       $ (4,577

2014

     2         15,189         (4,081

2015

     2         14,502         (3,608

2016

     —           12,176         (1,900

2017

     —           7,514         —     

Thereafter

     —           32,674         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6       $ 97,214       $ (14,166
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation

Qui Tam Action

On December 9, 2009, plaintiff, Associates Against Outlier Fraud, filed a first amended qui tam complaint against Huron Consulting Group Inc. and others under the federal and New York state False Claims Act (“FCA”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The federal and state FCA authorize private individuals (known as “relators”) to sue on behalf of the government (known as “qui tam” actions) alleging that false or fraudulent claims were knowingly submitted to the government. Once a qui tam action is filed, the government may elect to intervene in the action. If the government declines to intervene, the relator may proceed with the action. Under the federal and state FCA, the government may recover treble damages and civil penalties (civil penalties of up to $11,000 per violation under the federal FCA and $12,000 per violation under the state FCA). On January 6, 2010, the United States declined to intervene in the lawsuit. After the Court granted Huron’s motion to dismiss without prejudice, on September 29, 2010, relator filed a second amended complaint alleging that Huron and others caused St. Vincent Catholic Medical Center to receive more than $30 million in inflated outlier payments under the Medicare and Medicaid programs in violation of the federal and state FCA and is also seeking to recover an unspecified amount of civil penalties. On June 18, 2012, Huron filed a Summary Judgment motion which, if won, would have the effect of dismissing the action in its entirety. The Summary Judgment motion is currently pending. We have conducted preliminary settlement discussions with the relator, and as a result we recorded a charge of $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2012, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” No trial date has been set. We believe that the claims are without merit and, absent reasonable settlement, intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter.

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are not a party to or threatened with any other litigation or legal proceeding that, in the current opinion of management, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. However, due to the risks and uncertainties inherent in legal proceedings, actual results could differ from current expected results.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Guarantees

Guarantees in the form of letters of credit totaling $5.1 million and $4.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, to support certain office lease obligations as well as Middle East performance and bid bonds.

In connection with certain business acquisitions, we were required to pay additional purchase consideration to the sellers if specific performance targets and conditions were met over a number of years as specified in the related purchase agreements. These amounts were calculated and payable at the end of each year based on full year financial results. Additional purchase consideration earned by certain sellers totaled $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we have no further obligations under these arrangements.

To the extent permitted by law, our bylaws and articles of incorporation require that we indemnify our officers and directors against judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to us if such person acted in good faith. Although there is no limit on the amount of indemnification, we may have recourse against our insurance carrier for certain payments made.

 

17. Segment Information

Segments are defined by FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” as components of a company in which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker manages the business under three operating segments, which are reportable segments: Health and Education Consulting, Legal Consulting, and Financial Consulting.

 

   

Health and Education Consulting. Our Health and Education Consulting segment provides consulting services to hospitals, health systems, physicians, managed care organizations, academic medical centers, colleges, universities, and pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers. This segment’s professionals develop and implement solutions to help clients address challenges relating to financial management, strategy, operational and organizational effectiveness, research administration, and regulatory compliance. This segment also provides consulting services related to hospital or healthcare organization performance improvement, revenue cycle improvement, turnarounds, merger or affiliation strategies, labor productivity, non-labor cost management, information technology, patient flow improvement, physician practice management, interim management, clinical quality and medical management, and governance and board development.

 

   

Legal Consulting. Our Legal Consulting segment provides advisory and business services to assist law departments of major corporations and law firms with their strategy, organizational design and development, operational efficiency, and cost effectiveness. These results-driven services add value to organizations by helping reduce the amounts they spend on legal services and enhance client service. Our expertise focuses on strategic and management consulting, cost management, and technology and information management, including matter management, records management, document review and discovery services. Included in this segment’s offerings is our Integrated Analytics solution, which is designed to deliver an innovative, comprehensive process resulting in more affordable and predictable discovery costs.

 

   

Financial Consulting. Our Financial Consulting segment provides financial advisory, restructuring and turnaround, interim management, valuation, forensic and litigation, and operational improvement

 

F-36


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

consulting services to companies in transition, boards of directors, and investors and lenders. For companies in financial distress, we work with management to assess the viability of their business, to develop and implement a turnaround plan that will improve cash flow, and implement a debt-restructuring plan to improve the balance sheet. In some instances, we serve in interim management roles. When out-of-court solutions are not achievable, we assist clients in preparing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy filings and with all aspects of the bankruptcy process by gathering, analyzing, and presenting financial and business information needed to achieve successful reorganizations. We also provide claims management services to help companies process and analyze complex and voluminous claims filed in bankruptcies and related litigation matters. We have an array of services that are flexible and responsive to event—and transaction-based needs across industries. Our professionals draw on career experience gathered from operations, lending, investment banking, portfolio and asset management, public accounting, and management consulting to provide practical business solutions.

Segment operating income consists of the revenues generated by a segment, less the direct costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative costs that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated corporate costs include costs related to administrative functions that are performed in a centralized manner that are not attributable to a particular segment. These administrative function costs include costs for corporate office support, certain office facility costs, costs relating to accounting and finance, human resources, legal, marketing, information technology and Company-wide business development functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate management.

From time to time, we will reorganize our internal organizational structure to better align our service offerings. During the first quarter of 2012, we moved our healthcare valuation consulting practice from our Health and Education Consulting segment to our Financial Consulting segment. Previously reported segment information has been restated to reflect this move.

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its internal financial reporting structure. Under the new structure, the Company will begin reporting information as five operating segments: Huron Healthcare; Huron Education and Life Sciences; Huron Legal; Huron Financial; and an all other category.

Beginning in 2013, the current Health and Education Consulting segment will become two separate segments: Huron Healthcare and Huron Education and Life Sciences. These practices continue to share a significant number of academic medical center clients and will closely collaborate in the market. The Legal Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Legal and the Financial Consulting segment will be referred to as Huron Financial. The structure of the Legal Consulting and Financial Consulting segments remains unchanged. In addition, certain immaterial practices which were historically part of our Health and Education Consulting segment will be combined and disclosed in an all other category. While our consolidated results will not be impacted, we will restate our historical segment information during 2013 for consistent presentation.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The table below sets forth information about our operating segments along with the items necessary to reconcile the segment information to the totals reported in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. We do not present financial information by geographic area as revenues, as well as information relating to long-lived assets, attributable to international operations are immaterial.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Health and Education Consulting:

      

Revenues

   $ 419,024      $ 399,048      $ 331,688   

Operating income

   $ 146,862      $ 132,824      $ 109,654   

Segment operating income as a percent of segment revenues

     35.0     33.3     33.1

Legal Consulting:

      

Revenues

   $ 184,918      $ 172,355      $ 144,730   

Operating income

   $ 44,317      $ 43,213      $ 39,254   

Segment operating income as a percent of segment revenues

     24.0     25.1     27.1

Financial Consulting:

      

Revenues(1)

   $ 22,019      $ 34,911      $ 39,250   

Operating income

   $ 1,888      $ 9,928      $ 14,519   

Segment operating income as a percent of segment revenues

     8.6     28.4     37.0

Total Company:

      

Revenues

   $ 625,961      $ 606,314      $ 515,668   

Reimbursable expenses

     55,764        51,580        43,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

   $ 681,725      $ 657,894      $ 559,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statement of operations reconciliation:

      

Segment operating income

   $ 193,067      $ 185,965      $ 163,427   

Charges not allocated at the segment level:

      

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

     88,012        90,021        110,356   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,529        18,524        18,372   

Goodwill impairment charges(2)

     13,083        21,973          

Other expense

     7,795        12,337        14,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

   $ 65,648      $ 43,110      $ 20,559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
      2012      2011  

Segment assets:

     

Health and Education Consulting

   $ 91,293       $ 88,580   

Legal Consulting

     51,768         63,473   

Financial Consulting

     1,462         4,773   

Unallocated assets(3)

     643,077         626,473   

Discontinued Operations

     250         3,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 787,850       $ 786,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

(1) Financial Consulting segment revenues above include amounts related to our healthcare valuation consulting practice of $4.4 million, $6.4 million, and $6.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

(2) The goodwill impairment charges are not allocated at the segment level because the underlying goodwill asset is reflective of our corporate investment in the segments. We do not include the impact of goodwill impairment charges in our evaluation of segment performance.
(3) Goodwill and intangible assets are included in unallocated assets, as management does not evaluate these items at the segment level when assessing segment performance or allocating resources.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, substantially all of our revenues and long-lived assets were attributed to or located in the United States.

No single client generated greater than 10% of our consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, no single client’s total receivables and unbilled services balance represented greater than 10% of our total receivables and unbilled services balance.

 

18. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The following table summarizes the activity of the allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services and the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:

 

     Beginning
balance
     Additions(1)      Deductions      Ending
balance
 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

           

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   $ 14,513         35,409         33,972       $ 15,950   

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   $         765               $ 765  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

           

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   $ 15,950         42,348         47,616       $ 10,682   

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   $ 765         1,775               $ 2,540  

Year ended December 31, 2012:

           

Allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   $ 10,682         44,613         48,253       $ 7,042   

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   $ 2,540        1,564               $ 4,104   

  

 

(1) Additions to allowances for doubtful accounts and unbilled services are charged to revenues to the extent the provision relates to fee adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments on accounts receivables, the provision is charged to operating expenses. Additions also include allowances acquired in business acquisitions.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

19. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

    Quarter Ended  

2012

  Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sep. 30     Dec. 31  

Revenues

  $ 138,637      $ 144,671      $ 161,888      $ 180,765   

Reimbursable expenses

    13,796        14,554        13,470        13,944   

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

    152,433        159,225        175,358        194,709   

Gross profit

    40,692        51,620        71,883        73,065   

Operating income

    3,637        14,701        20,564        34,541   

Net income from continuing operations

    587        6,305        10,416        18,645   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    269        202        47        (43

Net income

    856        6,507        10,463        18,602   

Net earnings per basic share:

       

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 0.03      $ 0.29      $ 0.47      $ 0.85   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.01        0.01        0.01          

Net income

    0.04        0.30        0.48        0.85   

Net earnings per diluted share:

       

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 0.03      $ 0.28      $ 0.47      $ 0.83   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.01        0.01                 

Net income

    0.04        0.29        0.47        0.83   

Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings per share:

       

Basic

    21,775        21,918        21,950        21,976   

Diluted

    22,164        22,248        22,326        22,399   

 

    Quarter Ended  

2011

  Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sep. 30     Dec. 31  

Revenues

  $ 136,621      $ 153,070      $ 153,579      $ 163,044   

Reimbursable expenses

    11,924        13,216        13,140        13,300   

Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

    148,545        166,286        166,719        176,344   

Gross profit

    46,982        60,459        59,540        57,792   

Operating income

    10,815        22,299        3,704        18,629   

Net income from continuing operations

    3,474        9,164        1,052        7,791   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    582        305        (563     (1,286

Net income

    4,056        9,469        489        6,505   

Net earnings per basic share:

       

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 0.16      $ 0.43      $ 0.05      $ 0.36   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.03        0.02        (0.03     (0.06

Net income

    0.19        0.45        0.02        0.30   

Net earnings per diluted share:

       

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 0.16      $ 0.43      $ 0.05      $ 0.35   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.03        0.01        (0.03     (0.06

Net income

    0.19        0.44        0.02        0.29   

Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings (loss) per share:

       

Basic

    20,925        21,190        21,551        21,620   

Diluted

    21,157        21,476        21,968        22,094   

 

F-40

EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “First Amendment”) is made effective as of Aug 23, 2004, by and between UNION TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and HURON CONSULTING GROUP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain office Lease (the “Lease”) dated December     , 2003 whereby Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises (the “Premises”) said to consist of 82,668 rentable square feet of office space located on the 8th, 9th, 16th and 17th floors of that certain office building known as Union Tower located at 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois (the “Building”).

B. Pursuant to Article 41 of the Lease, Tenant had an option to terminate the lease with respect to certain space defined therein as the 16th Floor Premises.

C. Tenant has agreed to waive such termination option, subject to the Landlord’s agreement to the modifications contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, which are hereby incorporated into the Lease, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledge, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Defined Terms. All defined terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to such defined terms in the Lease, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

2. Commencement Date and Term. The third and fourth sentences in Article 1(C) of the Lease are hereby deleted and the following sentences are inserted in their place:

“The commencement date of this Lease with respect to the 16th Floor Premises shall be May 1, 2005 (the “16th Floor Commencement Date”). The expiration of the term of this Lease with respect to the entire Premises shall be September 30, 2014 (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated as provided herein.”

3. Base Rent. Exhibit B-1 attached to the Lease is hereby deleted, and Exhibit B-1 attached hereto is substituted therefor. Exhibit B-2 attached to the Lease is hereby deleted.

4. No Further Termination Option. Tenant hereby waives any option it had to terminate the 16th Floor Premises pursuant to Article 41 of the Lease. Article 41 is hereby deleted from the Lease and shall have no further force or effect. Upon execution of this First Amendment, Tenant shall have no right to terminate the Lease with respect to the 16th Floor Premises.

5. Landlord’s Contribution. The August 1, 2004 date set forth in the second sentence of Section 7(a) of the Tenant Improvement Workletter attached to the Lease as Exhibit E is hereby amended to be December 1, 2004. The December 31, 2005 date set forth in


the second sentence of Section 7(d) of the Tenant Improvement Workletter attached to the Lease as Exhibit E is hereby amended to April 30, 2006.

6. Broker. Tenant represents to Landlord that except for U.S. Equities Asset Management and Jones Lang LaSalle (whose commissions, if any, shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement) Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, salesperson or finder in connection with this First Amendment, and no other such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this First Amendment or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its property manager and their respective employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from either (i) a claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this First Amendment, or (ii) a claim of, or right to, lien under the Statutes of Illinois relating to real estate broker liens with respect to any such broker retained by Tenant.

7. Submission. Submission of this First Amendment by Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or their respective agents or representatives, to Tenant for examination and/or execution shall not in any manner bind Landlord and no obligations on Landlord shall arise under this First Amendment unless and until this First Amendment is fully signed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, the execution and delivery by Tenant of this First Amendment to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or their respective agents or representatives, shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for five (5) business days after such delivery.

8. Binding Effect. The Lease, as hereby amended, shall continue in full force and effect, subject to the terms and provisions thereof and hereof. This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

9. Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall control.

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment is executed as of the day and year aforesaid.

 

LANDLORD:
UNION TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Union Tower II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member
By:   Principal Life Insurance Company, an Iowa corporation, its member, solely for its Real Estate Separate Account
  By:   LOGO
   

 

    Name:   Darren J. Kleis
    Title:   Investment Director - Asset Management
  By:   LOGO
   

 

    Name:   Vance K. Voss
    Title:  

Assistant Managing Director

Asset Management

      AUG 23 2004
TENANT:
HURON CONSULTING GROUP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   LOGO
 

 

 

Name:

  Gary L. Burge
 

Title:

  CFO

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT B-1

BASE RENT

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent    Monthly Base Rent  

05/20/04* - 07/31/04*

   $785,411.70*    $ 65,450.98

08/01/04 - 04/30/05

   $761,411.70*
($571,058.78 for nine months)
   $ 63,450.98

05/01/05 - 05/31/05

   $1,003,215.60

($83,601.30 for one month)

   $ 83,601.30   

06/01/05 - 05/31/06

   $1,044,549.60    $ 87,045.80   

06/01/06 - 05/31/07

   $1,085,883.60    $ 90,490.30   

06/01/07 - 05/31/08

   $1,457,889.60    $ 121,490.80   

06/01/08 - 05/31/09

   $1,499,223.60    $ 124,935.30   

06/01/09 - 05/31/10

   $1,540,557.60    $ 128,379.80   

06/01/10 - 05/31/11

   $1,581,891.60    $ 131,824.30   

06/01/11 - 05/31/12

   $1,623,225.60    $ 135,268.80   

06/01/12 - 05/31/13

   $1,664,559.60    $ 138,713.30   

06/01/13 - 05/31/14

   $1,705,893.60    $ 142,157.80   

06/01/14 - 09/30/14

   $1,747,227.60

($582,409.20 for four months)

   $ 145,602.30   

 

*

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Base Rent (but not Additional Rent) for the 8th Floor Premises, 9th Floor Premises, and 17th Floor Premises except for $5,000 per month for the period through July 31, 2004 and except for $3,000 per month for the period from August 1, 2004 through November 20, 2004 shall abate.

 

- 4 -

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “Amendment”) is made effective as of Mar 14th, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by and between UNION TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and HURON CONSULTING SERVICES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor by assignment to HURON CONSULTING GROUP LLC (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

A. Landlord and Tenant’s predecessor in interest entered into that certain Office Lease dated December      , 2003, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of August 23, 2004 (as amended, the “Lease”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises said to consist of 82,668 rentable square feet of office space (the “Existing Premises”) located on the 8th, 9th, 16th and 17th floors of that certain office building known as Union Tower located at 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois (the “Building”).

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to modify the Premises, modify the Rent payable under the Lease, and amend the Lease in certain other respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, which are hereby incorporated into the Lease, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledge, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Defined Terms. All defined terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to such defined terms in the Lease, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

2. The Additional Premises.

(a) Lease of Additional Premises. Subject to the terms of the Lease and this Amendment, Landlord agrees to lease to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to lease from Landlord, an additional three (3) contiguous spaces of 2,360, 2,956, and 2,577 square feet, for a total of 7,893 square feet of rentable area in the Building, located adjacent to the Existing Premises on the 15th floor of the Building (the “Additional Premises”), all as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Term with respect to the Additional Premises shall commence upon the Effective Date of this Amendment (also referred to as the “Additional Premises Commencement Date”) and shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided therein.

(b) Condition of Additional Premises. Tenant shall accept the Additional Premises in its as-is condition as long as the building systems are operating as they were designed and the Additional Premises is, to the best knowledge of Landlord, compliant with all governing agency codes, and no promise of Landlord to alter, remodel or improve the Additional Premises or the Building and no representation respecting the condition of the Additional Premises or the Building has been made by Landlord to Tenant other than as expressly set forth in this Amendment. Landlord shall give Tenant a total allowance (“Additional Premises Allowance”) of $157,860 ($20.00/rsf) as a credit towards the cost of performing certain


improvements, including the cost of wiring, furniture, fixtures and equipment for the Additional Premises, as more particularly described in that certain Work Letter Agreement (the “Work Letter Agreement”) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B. The Additional Premises Allowance shall be paid upon receipt of lien waivers, invoices and other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord, as provided in the Work Letter Agreement. All work to be performed in the Additional Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Lease. Any unused portion of the Additional Premises Allowance, may, at Tenant’s election, be applied towards Base Rent for the Premises next becoming due. Tenant shall not be required to remove at the end of the Term the Work (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) performed in the Additional Premises.

(c) Definition of Premises. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date (i) the Premises shall consist of both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, constituting 90,561 rentable square feet in the aggregate, (ii) all references in the Lease to “Premises” shall be deemed to refer to both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, and (iii) the Additional Premises shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises and shall be governed by all the terms of the Lease, except as otherwise provided herein.

3. Base Rent.

(a) Base Rent Prior to Additional Premises Rent Commencement Date. Until September 1, 2007 (the “Additional Premises Rent Commencement Date”) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the Lease.

(b) Base Rent From and Subsequent to Additional Premises Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, from and after the Additional Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent as provided in Exhibit B-1 attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Second Amendment (including, without limitation, Exhibit B-1 attached hereto), provided Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period, Rent for the Additional Premises shall abate from the Additional Premises Commencement Date through August 31, 2007, and Tenant shall have no obligation to make any Rent payments for the Additional Premises during such abatement period.

4. Tenant’s Prorata Share. From and after the Additional Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s Prorata Share shall be 27.23%.

5. OFAC Compliance.

(a) Tenant represents and warrants that (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the “List”), and (ii) not a person

 

- 2 -


or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person (as hereinafter defined), (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or that the Lease is in violation of law, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term “Embargoed Person” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or Tenant is in violation of law. For purposes of this Section 5, the term “person” and “entity” shall not include any person or entity to the extent that such person or entity acquired its interest in the Tenant is through the purchase of securities listed on a national securities exchange, or quoted on an automated quotation system, in the United States.

(b) Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “Prohibited Person” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease and (d) at the reasonable request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

(c) Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s inclusion on the List at any time during the Term shall be a material default of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such person or entity shall be a material default of the Lease.

(d) To the extent required in order for Landlord to comply with OFAC, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with the names of any person (as defined in subsection (a) above) holding an ownership interest in Tenant, within ten (10) business days after written request from Landlord.

 

- 3 -


6. Broker. Tenant and Landlord each represents to the other party that except for U.S. Equities Asset Management and Jones Lang LaSalle (whose commissions, if any, shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement), Landlord and Tenant have not dealt with any real estate broker, salesperson or finder in connection with this Amendment, and no other such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its property manager and their respective employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from either (i) a claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Amendment, or (ii) a claim of, or right to, lien under the Statutes of Illinois relating to real estate broker liens with respect to any such broker retained by Tenant. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant and its respective employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, damages, costs, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from either (i) a claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Agreement, or (ii) a claim of, or right to, lien under the Statutes of Illinois relating to real estate broker liens with respect to any such broker retained by Landlord.

7. Acknowledgment and Consent to Assignment. Landlord hereby acknowledges and consents to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease (the “Assignment”) dated as of March 14, 2007, between Huron Consulting Group, LLC, and Huron Consulting Services, LLC; provided, however, nothing in such Assignment shall relieve Huron Consulting Group, LLC, from any of its liability or obligations under the Lease.

8. Submission. Submission of this Amendment by Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or their respective agents or representatives, to Tenant for examination and/or execution shall not in any manner bind Landlord and no obligations on Landlord shall arise under this Amendment unless and until this Amendment is fully signed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, the execution and delivery by Tenant of this Amendment to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or their respective agents or representatives, shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for five (5) business days after such delivery.

9. Binding Effect. The Lease, as hereby amended, shall continue in full force and effect, subject to the terms and provisions thereof and hereof. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

10. Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

11. Governing Law. Interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is executed as of the day and year aforesaid.

 

LANDLORD:
UNION TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   UNION TOWER II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member
  By:   PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Iowa corporation, its member, solely for its Principal U.S. Property Separate Account, formerly known as Principal Life Insurance Company, an Iowa corporation, for its Real Estate Separate Account
    By:   PRINCIPAL REAL ESTATE INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its authorized signatory
      By  

LOGO MAR 23 2007

        Darren J. Kleis
      By  

Investment Director - Asset Management

 

- 5 -


TENANT:
HURON CONSULTING SERVICES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   LOGO
 

 

  Name:  

Gary L. Burge

  Title:  

CFO

 

- 6 -


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

This Work Letter Agreement (“Work Letter Agreement”) is a part of that certain Second Amendment to Lease (the “Lease”) between HURON CONSULTING SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor by assignment to HURON CONSULTING GROUP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as “Tenant” and UNION TOWER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as “Landlord”, relating to certain Additional Premises as defined and more fully identified at the building located at 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois (the “Building”). Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined in this Work Letter Agreement, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. This Work Letter Agreement is incorporated by referenced into the Lease and made a part thereof.

For and in consideration of the agreement to lease the Additional Premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. WORK. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall perform, or cause to be performed, the work and all other tenant improvements (collectively, the “Work”) in the Additional Premises provided for in the Approved Plans and Budget (as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof). Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises to Tenant for commencement of the Work as of the date hereof. Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Work Letter Agreement, Tenant shall be entitled to Landlord’s Contribution (as defined hereinbelow).

2. PRE-CONSTRUCTIONS ACTIVITIES.

(a) On or before the commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work, which Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph 3(b) below. Prior to commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the following information and items to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval:

(i) A budget (the “Budget”) and an itemized statement of estimated construction and other costs (as such figure may be revised to reflect actual costs, the “Costs”), including all fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees and a reasonable contingency reserve.

(ii) The names and addresses of Tenant’s contractors (and said contractor’s subcontractors) and materialmen to be engaged by Tenant for the Work (individually, a “Tenant Contractor,” and collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”). Each of Tenant’s Contractors shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld if such contractor complies with Landlord’s reasonable criteria and is duly qualified to perform the Work. Landlord may, at its election, provide a list of approved contractors for performance of those portions of work involving electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning or life safety systems, from which Tenant may select its contractors or subcontractors for such designated


portions of work and such contractors or subcontractors will be included in Tenant’s bid process.

(iii) Certified copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance as hereinafter described. Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s Contractors to commence work until the required insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or certificates have been delivered to Landlord.

Tenant will update such information and items by notice to Landlord of any changes thereto.

(b) As used herein the term “Approved Plans” shall mean the Plans (as hereinafter defined), as and when approved in writing by Landlord. As used herein, the term “Plans” shall mean the full and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications covering the Work (including, without limitation, all items for which the Landlord’s Contribution is to be used and all architectural, mechanical and electrical working drawings for the Work). The Plans shall be subject to landlord’s reasonable approval as provided herein and to the approval of all local governmental authorities requiring approval of the work and/or the Approved Plans. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s submission of the Plans (giving detailed reasons in case of disapproval) of the Plans within seven (7) business days after their delivery to Landlord. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its approval of said Plans; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted unreasonably if it withholds it approval of the Plans because, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: the Work as shown in the Plans is substantially likely to adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants; the Work as shown on the Plans might impair Landlord’s ability to furnish services to Tenant or other tenants; the Work would increase the cost of operating the Building; the Work would violate any Laws (or interpretations thereof); the Work is not in accordance with then-current Building standards; the Work contains or uses hazardous or toxic materials or substances; the Work would adversely affect the appearance of the Building; or the Work might adversely affect another tenant’s premises. The foregoing reasons, however, shall not be exclusive of the reasons for which Landlord may withhold consent, whether or not such other reasons are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. If Landlord notifies Tenant that changes are required to the final Plans submitted by Tenant, Tenant shall prior to commencement of any Work, submit to Landlord, for its approval, the Plans amended in accordance with the changes so required. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s submission of such amended Plans within seven (7) business days of receipt, it being agreed that Landlord’s approval thereto shall be limited to those items to which Landlord had objected pursuant to the prior submission of the Plans. Such procedure for review with respect to any further objections to the Plans by Landlord shall continue until the Plans are finally approved by Landlord. If Landlord fails to respond to any request for approval of Plans within the time period provided herein, Tenant shall send a further notice to Landlord with the following typed in bold face type in a clearly visible location on the outside of the notice: “THIS CONTAINS PLANS SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO A LEASE. LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO RESPOND IN WRITING WITHIN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE LANDLORD’S APPROVAL OF SUCH PLANS. If Landlord fails

 

- 2 -


to respond within three (3) business days after receipt of such second notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Plans as submitted. The Plans shall also be revised, the Work shall be changed, all at Tenant’s cost and expense (but payable from landlord’s Contribution), to incorporate any work required in the Additional Premises by any local governmental field inspector. Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall in no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element therein contained which is in violation of any applicable laws, or (ii) an assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with all applicable Laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy Tenant’s objectives and needs.

(c) No demolition or Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the Premises being delivered to Tenant until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, all items set forth in Paragraph 2(a) above, (ii) all necessary building permits have been applied for and obtained by Tenant, and (iii) proper provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the Work (to the extent such cost as reasonably estimated by Landlord exceeds the amount of Landlord’s contribution set forth hereinbelow), which is satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Work Letter, Tenant shall have the right to secure a separate permit for demolishing work (the “Demolishing Work”) prior to obtaining the applicable building permits and shall be entitled to commence such Demolishing Work upon receipt of the applicable permit (without waiting for such subsequent permits); provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be required to submit full and detailed plans and drawings covering the Demolishing Work (the “Demolition Drawings”) to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (which process for approval shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2(b) herein for Approved Plans) prior to commencing any such Demolishing Work.

3. CHARGES AND FEES. Tenant shall pay Landlord a supervisory fee in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total costs of the materials and labor for the Work (the “Landlord’s Fee”) (and all change orders with respect thereto), to defray Landlord’s administrative and overhead expenses incurred to review the Plans and coordinate with Tenant’s on-site project manager the staging and progress of the Work.

4. CHANGE ORDERS. All changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes as part of the Work which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord shall review all requested changes within two (2) business days after their delivery to Landlord, provided, however, in the event of extensive changes, such time period shall be extended to a length of time which is reasonable under the circumstances not to exceed seven (7) business days. All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change order, including, without limitation, any stoppage of work during the change order review process, are solely the responsibility of Tenant and shall cause no delay in the Commencement Date or the payment of Rent and other obligations therein set forth. All increases in the cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall (subject to Paragraph 8 below) be borne by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, insubstantial and non-structural “field” changes of the type not customarily the subject of change orders and which do not affect any Building systems shall not require Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

- 3 -


5. STANDARDS OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION AND CONDITIONS OF TENANT’S PERFORMANCE. All work done in or upon the Additional Premises by Tenant shall be done according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 6, except as the same may be modified in the Approved Plans approved by or on behalf of Landlord and Tenant.

(a) Tenant’s Approved Plans and all design and construction of the Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards, including, but not limited to, reasonable requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriters and the Americans with disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et. Seq.).

(b) Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense (but payable from Landlord’s Contribution), obtain all required building permits and occupancy permits. Tenant’s failure to obtain such permits shall not cause a delay in the commencement of the Term or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.

(c) Tenant’s contractors shall be licensed contractors, using union labor, possessing good labor relations, capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors and with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building. All work shall be coordinated with any other constructions or other work in the Building in order not to adversely affect construction work being performed by or for Landlord or its tenants. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant in such coordination with respect to any work being performed by or for Tenant.

(d) Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work comparable to materials used in other tenant improvements in the Building, except where explicitly shown in the Approved Plans. The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties of at least one (1) year duration from the completion of the Work against defects in workmanship and materials on all Work performed and equipment installed in the Additional Premises, unless such warranties are not customarily obtained for the type of work and/or material involved, in which event Tenant shall obtain customary warranties.

(e) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall make all commercially reasonable efforts and take all commercially reasonable steps appropriate to assure that all construction activities undertaken do not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building. In any event, Tenant shall during the performance of the Work and throughout the term of the Lease comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time to time at the Building which have heretofore been provided to Tenant (provided Landlord shall provide reasonable prior notice in respect of any new rules and regulation or any modifications of existing rules and regulations). Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall take all reasonable precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise and construction traffic, and to protect their facilities and the facilities of others affected by the Work and to properly police all personnel entering the Building in connection with the Work. Construction equipment and materials are to be kept within the Additional Premises (subject to the limitations contained in the Amendment) and delivery and loading of equipment and materials shall be done at such

 

- 4 -


locations and at such time as Landlord reasonably shall direct so as not to burden the constructions or operation of the Building, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate the same.

(f) Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of Tenant’s Contractors who violate the Union Tower General Rules and Regulations for Contractors (a copy of which Tenant has received) or the other requirements of this Lease imposed on Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors to cease work and remove its equipment and employees from the Building provided, however, prior to any such order (i) if the violation is of such a nature that it threatens in Landlord’s discretion to create a hazardous condition or disrupt building operations or other tenants, then Landlord shall provide one (1) written notice and one (1) day right to cure, and (ii) if the violation is of any other type, then Landlord shall provide one (1) written notice and three (3) days right to cure; further provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any notice or cure rights as to either (i) or (ii) if a repeat violation of a substantially similar type occurs. In any event, Landlord may make the continuation of work contingent upon payment by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors of any damages or costs incurred by Landlord or other tenants as a result of such violation. No such action by Landlord shall delay the Additional Premises Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.

(g) Utility costs or charges for any service (including HVAC, hoisting and the like) to the Additional Premises in connection with and during the performance of the Work shall be the responsibility of Tenant and shall be paid for by Tenant at Landlord’s standard rates then in effect, provided, however, Landlord shall not charge for freight elevator usage unless an attendant or special operations are required, in Landlord’s discretion. Tenant shall pay for all support services provided by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s written request or at Landlord’s reasonable discretion resulting from breaches or defaults beyond applicable notice and cure periods by Tenant under this Work Letter Agreement. Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right to use the freight elevators during the business day on a first-come, first-serve basis without additional charges; all after- hours use shall be subject to scheduling by Landlord and to Tenant’s payment of Landlord’s out-of-pocket for such after-hours usage, including costs of necessary personnel. Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris and shall not place debris in the Building’s waste containers. If required by Landlord by the giving of notice, Tenant shall sort and separate its waste and debris for recycling and/or environmental law compliance purposes.

(h) Tenant shall permit access to the Premises by Landlord upon reasonable prior notice to Marge Small at 312-583-8774 (which may be oral or by voice-mail), and the Work shall be subject to inspection, by Landlord and Landlord’s architects, engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all times during the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and following completion of the Work, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize its interference with the Work.

(i) Tenant shall proceed with its work expeditiously, continuously and efficiently, and Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the Work and shall

 

- 5 -


furnish Landlord and Landlord’s title insurance company with such further documentation as may be reasonably necessary under the requirements herein.

(j) Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved Plans in performance of the Work (except for de minimis deviations of a type customarily not the subject of change orders), except as authorized by Landlord or its designated representative in writing in a change order approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings of the Work within thirty (30) days after completion of the Work.

(k) During the performance of the Work, Landlord shall have the right to run utility lines, pipes, conduits, duct work and component parts of all mechanical and electrical systems where necessary or desirable through the Additional Premises provided same are concealed behind walls or ceilings and do not materially reduce the functionality of the Additional Premises, or the useable floor area of the Additional Premises, to repair, alter, replace or remove the same, and to require Tenant to install and maintain proper access panels thereto. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the Work and Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Additional Premises in connection with any work performed by Landlord in the Additional Premises pursuant to this subparagraph.

(l) Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this Work Letter Agreement against Tenant’s architect and Tenant’s Contractors.

(m) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Work will include any work, both within and outside the Additional Premises, that may be necessary in order for Tenant to use and occupy the Additional Premises.

6. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) In addition to any insurance which may be required under the Lease, Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain or cause Tenant’s Contractors to secure, pay for and maintain during the continuance of construction and fixturing work within the Property or Additional Premises, insurance in the following minimum coverages and the following minimum limits of liability:

(i) Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $500,000.00, or such higher amounts as may be required from time to time by any Employee Benefit Acts or other statutes applicable where the work is to be performed, and in any event sufficient to protect Tenant’s Contractors from liability under the aforementioned acts.

(ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractors’ Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $3,000,000.00 per occurrence, whether involving bodily injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof with a minimum aggregate limit of $3,000,000.00, and with umbrella coverage with limits not less than $5,000,000.00. Such insurance shall provide for explosion and collapse, completed operations coverage and broad form blanket contractual liability

 

- 6 -


coverage and shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others and arising from its operations under the contracts whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

(iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including the ownership, maintenance and operation of any automotive equipment, owned, hired, or non-owned in an amount not less than $500,000.00 for each person in one accident, and $1,000,000.00 for injuries sustained by two or more persons in any one accident and property damage liability in an amount not less than $3,000,000.00 for each accident. Such insurance shall insure Tenant’s Contractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under the contracts, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s Contractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

(iv) “All-risk” builder’s risk insurance upon the entire Work to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors of any tier to the extent of any insurable interest therein) in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft vandalism and malicious mischief. If portions of the Work are stored off the site of the Building or in transit to said site and are not covered under said “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance, then Tenant shall effect and maintain similar properly insurance on such portions of the Work. Any loss insured under said “all-risk” builder’s risk insurance is to be adjusted with Landlord and Tenant and made payable to Landlord, as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear.

All policies (except the worker’s compensation policy) shall be endorsed to include as additional insured parties, listed on, or required by, the Lease. The waiver of subrogation provisions contained in the Lease shall apply to all insurance policies (except the workmen’s compensation policy) to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph. The insurance policy endorsements shall also provide that all additional insured parties shall be given thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any reduction, cancellation or non-renewal of coverage (except that ten (10) days’ notice shall be sufficient in the case of cancellation for non-payment of premium) and shall provide that the insurance coverage afforded to the additional insured parties thereunder shall be primary to any insurance carried independently by said additional insured parties. Additionally, where applicable, each policy shall contain a cross-liability and severability of interest clause.

7. LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION; EXCESS AMOUNTS.

(a) Upon Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Work Letter Agreement, Landlord shall make a dollar contribution in the total amount of up to One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty and 00/100 Dollars

 

- 7 -


($157,860.00) ($20.00 per square foot of rentable area) (the “Landlord’s Contribution”) for application to the extent thereof to the Costs of the Work. The Landlord’s Contribution shall be funded as the Tenant’s Work is completed in accordance with the provisions of this Work Letter Agreement. If the Cost of the Work exceeds Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant shall have sole responsibility for the payment of such excess cost. If the Cost of the Work is less than Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord shall make such amounts available to reimburse Tenant for improvements to the Additional Premises, or to pay Rent due hereunder, or to pay other costs incurred by Tenant subject to Landlord’s receipt of evidence of lien-free completion of the Work in accordance with the provisions herein.

(b) Landlord shall make progress payments from Landlord’s Contribution to Tenant on a monthly basis, for the portion of the Tenant’s Work performed during the previous month, less a retainage of 10% of each progress payment (“Retainage”). Each of Landlord’s progress payments shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate amounts (reduced by the Retainage) therefore paid by Tenant to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers which have not been subject to previous disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution. Provided that Tenant delivers requisitions to Landlord on or prior to the 1st day of any month, such progress payments shall be made within 30 days next following the delivery to Landlord of requisitions therefor, which requisitions shall be in the form of AIA document G702, set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due, and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by (i) copies of trailing lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers whose payment exceeds $25,000, covering all work and materials which are the subject of the prior progress payment, (ii) a written certification from Tenant’s Architect that the work for which the requisition is being made has been completed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and (iii) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request, including any documents reasonably required by landlord’s title company in connection with title drawdowns and endorsements. Landlord shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s requisition therefor accompanied by all documentation required under this paragraph together with (A) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and issuance of any required approvals, permits and sign-offs for the Tenant’s Work by governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover, (B) issuance of final lien and unconditional waivers by all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all of the Tenant Work, and (c) receipt of as-built plans for the Work.

(c) Tenant shall pay the excess of the aggregate cost of Tenant’s Work and the Landlord’s Construction Management Fee over the Landlord’s Contribution (the “Excess”) plus the cost of all work other than the Tenant’s Work, if any, which Tenant may elect to do in order to make the Additional Premises ready for Tenant’s occupancy and which has been approved by Landlord as provided herein. Landlord shall have no obligation to pay the Excess. If Landlord estimates prior to commencement of the Tenant’s Work or at any time or from time to time thereafter that there will be an Excess, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s good faith estimate of the amount thereof. Ninety percent (90%) of the Excess shall be funded by Tenant to pay costs of Tenant’s Work prior to initial or further disbursements of Landlord’s Contribution, as the

 

- 8 -


case may be, and if Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord shall be entitled to suspend the funding of Landlord’s Contribution until such time as Landlord receives evidence acceptable to Landlord of Tenant’s funding of the Excess, and at Landlord’s option, a Default shall be deemed to have occurred under this Lease.

(d) All of the Landlord’s Contribution must be used by Tenant on or before December 31, 2007, or the balance shall be applied by Landlord towards Rent.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) If the Plans for the Work require the construction and installation of more fire hose cabinets than the number regularly provided by Landlord in the core of the Building in which the Additional Premises are located, Tenant agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets, provided Landlord’s Contribution may be applied to all such costs and expenses.

(b) Time is of the essence with respect to the express periods provided under this Work Letter Agreement.

(c) If Tenant fails to make any payment relating to all or any portion of the Work as required hereunder, and Tenant’s failure to pay for such portion of the Work creates a safety risk, building code violation, or an unsightly condition, Landlord, at its option, may, after reasonable notice (unless the condition requires immediate cure) complete such portion of the Work pursuant to the Approved Plans necessary to cure such condition and continue to hold Tenant liable for the costs thereof and all other costs due to Landlord. Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts owed by Tenant hereunder when due or Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall also constitute a Default under the Lease and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease for nonpayment of any amounts owed thereunder or failure by Tenant to perform its obligations thereunder.

(d) Notices under this Work Letter Agreement shall be given in the same manner as under the Lease.

(e) The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.

(f) This Work Letter Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of Tenant and Landlord regarding the Work. This Work Letter Agreement may only be amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant. This Work Letter Agreement is incorporated into the Lease by reference and made a part thereof to the extent applicable to the Work.

(g) All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be additional Rent due under the Lease.

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Any liability of Landlord under this Work Letter Agreement shall be limited solely to its equity interest in the Building, and in no event

 

- 9 -


shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Work Letter Agreement nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

- 10 -


EXHIBIT B-1

BASE RENT

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent    Monthly Base Rent  

Additional Premises Commencement Date-8/31/07

   $0*    $ 0

09/01/07 - 05/31/08

   $1,597,496.04

($1,198,122.03 for 9 months)

   $ 133,124.67   

06/01/08 - 05/31/09

   $1,642,776.54    $ 136,898.05   

06/01/09 - 05/31/10

   $1,688,057.04    $ 140,671.42   

06/01/10 - 05/31/11

   $1,733,337.54    $ 144,444.80   

06/01/11 - 05/31/12

   $1,778,618.04    $ 148,218.17   

06/01/12 - 05/31/13

   $1,823,898.54    $ 151,991.55   

06/01/13 - 05/31/14

   $1,869,179.04    $ 155,764.92   

06/01/14 - 09/30/14

   $1,914,459.54

($638,153.18 for four months)

   $ 159,538.30   

 

* Provided Tenant is not in default under the Lease, all Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Additional Premises shall abate from the Additional Premises Commencement Date until August 31, 2007.

 

- 9 -

EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Third Amendment”) is made effective as of April 2, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between UNION TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and HURON CONSULTING SERVICES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor by assignment to HURON CONSULTING GROUP LLC (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

A. Landlord and Tenant’s predecessor in interest entered into that certain Office Lease dated December, 2003 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of August 23, 2004 (the “First Amendment”), and by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated May 14, 2007 (the “Second Amendment” and together with the Original Lease, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, the “Amended Lease”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises said to consist of a total of 90,561 rentable square feet of office space (the “Existing Premises”) located on the 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th and 17th floors of that certain office building known as Union Tower located at 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois (the “Building”).

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Amended Lease to expand the Premises and amend the Amended Lease in certain other respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, which are hereby incorporated into the Amended Lease, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Defined Terms. All defined terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to such defined terms in the Amended Lease, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. As used herein and in the Amended Lease, the “Lease” shall mean the Amended Lease as modified by this Third Amendment.

2. The Additional Premises.

(a) Lease of Additional Premises. Subject to the terms of the Lease, Landlord agrees to lease to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to lease from Landlord, additional space as follows: (i) 5,393 square feet of rentable area located on the third floor of the Building, and (ii) 20,667 square feet of rentable area located on the fifth floor of the Building, for a total of 26,060 square feet of additional rentable area in the Building (the “Additional Premises”), all as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is currently in occupancy of the Additional Premises under one or more sublease(s). The Term with respect to the Additional Premises shall commence on October 1, 2010 (also referred to as the “Additional Premises Commencement Date”) and shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease.


(b) Condition of Additional Premises. Tenant shall accept the Additional Premises in its as-is, where-is condition. No promise of Landlord to alter, remodel or improve the Additional Premises or the Building and no representation respecting the condition of the Additional Premises or the Building has been made by Landlord to Tenant other than as expressly set forth in this Third Amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Additional Premises is not separately metered for electrical usage as required by Article 7 of the Original Lease, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall install electrical meters and equipment to accomplish same. Landlord shall give Tenant a total allowance (“Additional Premises Allowance”) of $390,900.00 ($15.00/rsf) as a credit towards the cost of performing certain improvements in the Additional Premises and/or in the Existing Premises, including but not limited to hard construction costs, soft costs, permit fees, escrow fees, specialty consulting fees, the cost of architectural drawings, MEP drawings, general conditions, overhead and profit of the general contractor and subcontractors, and the cost of wiring, furniture, fixtures and equipment for the Additional Premises and/or the Existing Premises, as more particularly described in that certain Work Letter Agreement (the “Work Letter Agreement”) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B. The Additional Premises Allowance shall be paid upon receipt of lien waivers, invoices and other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord, as provided in the Work Letter Agreement All work to be performed in the Additional Premises and/or in the Existing Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Lease. The Additional Premises Allowance must be used within twelve months after the Additional Premises Commencement Date or it will no longer be available to Tenant. Up to $260,600.00 ($10.00/rsf) of the Additional Premises Allowance, may, at Tenant’s election, be applied towards Base Rent for the Premises next becoming due on or after October 1, 2010. Tenant shall not be required to remove at the end of the Term the Work (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) performed in the Additional Premises.

(c) Definition of Premises. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date (i) the Premises shall consist of both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, constituting 116,621 rentable square feet in the aggregate, (ii) all references in the Lease to “Premises” shall be deemed to refer to both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, and (iii) the Additional Premises shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises and shall be governed by all the terms of the Lease, except as otherwise provided herein.

3. Base Rent.

(a) Base Rent Prior to Additional Premises Commencement Date. Until the Additional Premises Commencement Date Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the Lease.

(b) Base Rent From and Subsequent to Additional Premises Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, from and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent as provided in Exhibit B-1 attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Third Amendment (including, without limitation, Exhibit B-1 attached

 

- 2 -


hereto), provided Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period, Rent for the Additional Premises shall abate from the Additional Premises Commencement Date through the end of January, 2011, and Tenant shall have no obligation to make any Rent payments (including Base Rent and additional rent) for the Additional Premises during such abatement period.

4. Tenant’s Prorata Share. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be 35.063%.

5. OFAC Compliance.

(a) Tenant represents and warrants that to the best of its knowledge (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the “List”), and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person (as hereinafter defined), (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or that the Lease is in violation of law, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term “Embargoed Person” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or Tenant is in violation of law. For purposes of this Section 5, the term “person” and “entity” shall not include any person or entity to the extent that such person or entity acquired its interest in the Tenant is through the purchase of securities listed on a national securities exchange, or quoted on an automated quotation system, in the United States.

(b) Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “Prohibited Person” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under

 

- 3 -


the Lease and (d) at the reasonable request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

(c) Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s inclusion on the List at any time during the Term shall be a material default of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such person or entity shall be a material default of the Lease.

(d) To the extent required in order for Landlord to comply with OFAC, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with the names of any person (as defined in subsection (a) above) holding an ownership interest in Tenant, within ten (10) business days after written request from Landlord.

6. Broker. Tenant and Landlord each represents to the other party that except for U.S. Equities Asset Management and Jones Lang LaSalle (whose commissions, if any, shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement), Landlord and Tenant have not dealt with any real estate broker, salesperson or finder in connection with this Third Amendment, and no other such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Third Amendment or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its property manager and their respective employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from either (i) a claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Third Amendment, or (ii) a claim of, or right to, lien under the Statutes of Illinois relating to real estate broker liens with respect to any such broker retained by Tenant. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant and its respective employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, damages, costs, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) arising from either (i) a claim for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Brokers, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Third Amendment, or (ii) a claim of, or right to, lien under the Statutes of Illinois relating to real estate broker liens with respect to any such broker retained by Landlord.

7. Submission. Submission of this Third Amendment by Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or their respective agents or representatives, to Tenant for examination and/or execution shall not in any manner bind Landlord and no obligations on Landlord shall arise under this Third Amendment unless and until this Third Amendment is fully signed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, the execution and delivery by Tenant of this Third Amendment to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, or their respective agents or representatives, shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to amend the Amended Lease on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for five (5) business days after such delivery.

8. Binding Effect. The Amended Lease, as hereby amended, shall continue in full force and effect, subject to the terms and provisions thereof and hereof. This Third Amendment

 

- 4 -


shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

9. Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Amended Lease and the terms of this Third Amendment, the terms of this Third Amendment shall control.

10. Governing Law. Interpretation of this Third Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

 

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amendment is executed as of the day and year aforesaid.

 

LANDLORD:

UNION TOWER, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   UNION TOWER II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member
By:   PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Iowa corporation, its member, solely for its Principal U.S. Property Separate Account, formerly known as Principal Life Insurance Company, an Iowa corporation, for its Real Estate Separate Account
  By:   PRINCIPAL REAL ESTATE INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its authorized signatory
    By:   LOGO
     

 

    Name:  

Katherine Gibbons

    Title:  

Investment Director

    Date:  

3/30/10

    By:   LOGO
     

 

    Name:  

Brian K. Sandfort

    Title:  

Managing Director Asset Management

    Date:  

APR 02 2010

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

Suite 330 – 5,393 Rentable Square Feet

 

LOGO

 

A-1


TENANT:

HURON CONSULTING SERVICES LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   LOGO
 

 

Name:  

James K Rojas

Title:  

CFO

-

 

- 7 -


EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

This Work Letter Agreement (“Work Letter Agreement”) is a part of that certain Third Amendment to Lease between HURON CONSULTING SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor by assignment to HURON CONSULTING GROUP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as “Tenant” and UNION TOWER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, relating to certain Additional Premises as defined and more fully identified at the building located at 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois (the “Building”). Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined in this Work Letter Agreement, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, as amended by the Third Amendment. This Work Letter Agreement is incorporated by referenced into the Lease and made a part thereof.

For and in consideration of the agreement to lease the Additional Premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. WORK. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall perform, or cause to be performed, the work and all other tenant improvements (collectively, the “Work”) in the Additional Premises and/or Existing Premises provided for in the Approved Plans and Budget (as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof). Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises to Tenant for commencement of the Work as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date. Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Work Letter Agreement, Tenant shall be entitled to Additional Premises Allowance (as defined herein below).

2. PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.

(a) On or before the commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work, which Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Prior to commencement of the Work, Tenant shall submit the following information and items to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed:

(i) A budget (the “Budget”) and an itemized statement of estimated construction and other costs (as such figure may be revised to reflect actual costs, the “Costs”), including all fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees and a reasonable contingency reserve.

(ii) The names and addresses of Tenant’s contractors (and said contractor’s subcontractors) and materialmen to be engaged by Tenant for the Work (individually, a “Tenant Contractor,” and collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”). Each of Tenant’s Contractors shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed if such contractor complies with Landlord’s reasonable criteria and is duly qualified to perform the Work. Landlord may, at its election,

 

B-1


provide a list of approved contractors for performance of those portions of work involving electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning or life safety systems, from which Tenant may select its contractors or subcontractors for such designated portions of work and such contractors or subcontractors will be included in Tenant’s bid process.

(iii) Certified copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance as hereinafter described. Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s Contractors to commence work until the required insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or certificates have been delivered to Landlord.

Tenant will update such information and items by notice to Landlord of any changes thereto.

(b) As used herein the term “Approved Plans” shall mean the Plans (as hereinafter defined), as and when approved in writing by Landlord. As used herein, the term “Plans” shall mean the full and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications covering the Work (including, without limitation, all items for which the Additional Premises Allowance is to be used and all architectural, mechanical and electrical working drawings for the Work). The Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as provided herein, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and to the approval of all local governmental authorities requiring approval of the Work and/or the Approved Plans. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s submission of the Plans (giving detailed reasons in case of disapproval) of the Plans within seven (7) business days after their delivery to Landlord. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of said Plans; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted unreasonably if it withholds it approval of the Plans because, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: the Work as shown in the Plans is substantially likely to adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants; the Work as shown on the Plans might impair Landlord’s ability to furnish services to Tenant or other tenants; the Work would increase the cost of operating the Building; the Work would violate any Laws (or interpretations thereof); the Work is not in accordance with then-current Building standards; the Work contains or uses hazardous or toxic materials or substances; the Work would adversely affect the appearance of the Building; or the Work might adversely affect another tenant’s premises. The foregoing reasons, however, shall not be exclusive of the reasons for which Landlord may withhold consent, whether or not such other reasons are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. If Landlord notifies Tenant that changes are required to the final Plans submitted by Tenant, Tenant shall prior to commencement of any Work, submit to Landlord, for its approval, the Plans amended in accordance with the changes so required. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s submission of such amended Plans within seven (7) business days of receipt, it being agreed that Landlord’s approval thereto shall be limited to those items to which Landlord had objected pursuant to the prior submission of the Plans. Such procedure for review with respect to any further objections to the Plans by Landlord shall continue until the Plans are finally approved by Landlord. If Landlord fails to respond to any request for approval of Plans within the time period provided herein, Tenant shall send a further

 

B-2


notice to Landlord with the following typed in bold face type in a clearly visible location on the outside of the notice: THIS CONTAINS PLANS SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO A LEASE. LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO RESPOND IN WRITING WITHIN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE LANDLORD’S APPROVAL OF SUCH PLANS.” If Landlord fails to respond within three (3) business days after receipt of such second notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Plans as submitted. The Plans shall also be revised, the Work shall be changed, all at Tenant’s cost and expense (but payable from the Additional Premises Allowance), to incorporate any work required in the Additional Premises and/or Existing Premises by any local governmental field inspector. Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall in no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element therein contained which is in violation of any applicable Laws, or (ii) an assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with all applicable Laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy Tenant’s objectives and needs.

(c) No demolition or Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the Premises being delivered to Tenant until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, all items set forth in Paragraph 2(a) above, (ii) all necessary building permits have been applied for and obtained by Tenant, and (iii) proper provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the Work (to the extent such cost as reasonably estimated by Landlord exceeds the amount of the Additional Premises Allowance set forth herein below), which is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Work Letter, Tenant shall have the right to secure a separate permit for demolishing work (the “Demolishing Work”) prior to obtaining the applicable building permits and shall be entitled to commence such Demolishing Work upon receipt of the applicable permit (without waiting for such subsequent permits); provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be required to submit full and detailed plans and drawings covering the Demolishing Work (the “Demolition Drawings”) to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (which process for approval shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2(b) herein for Approved Plans) prior to commencing any such Demolishing Work.

3. CHARGES AND FEES. Tenant shall pay Landlord a supervisory fee in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total costs of the materials and labor for the Work (the “Landlord’s Fee”) (and all change orders with respect thereto), to defray Landlord’s administrative and overhead expenses incurred to review the Plans and coordinate with Tenant’s on-site project manager the staging and progress of the Work; provided, however, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay the first $10,000 of the Landlord’s Fee provided such portion only applies to cosmetic work such as painting, wallpaper and the like.

4. CHANGE ORDERS. All changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes as part of the Work which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall review all requested changes within two (2) business days after their delivery to Landlord, provided, however, in the event of extensive changes, such time period shall be extended to a

 

B-3


length of time which is reasonable under the circumstances not to exceed seven (7) business days. All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change order, including, without limitation, any stoppage of work during the change order review process, are solely the responsibility of Tenant and shall cause no delay in the Additional Premises Commencement Date or the payment of Rent and other obligations therein set forth. All increases in the cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall (subject to Paragraph 8 below) be borne by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, insubstantial and non-structural “field” changes of the type not customarily the subject of change orders and which do not affect any Building systems shall not require Landlord’s prior written consent.

5. STANDARDS OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION AND CONDITIONS OF TENANT’S PERFORMANCE. All work done in or upon the Additional Premises and/or the Existing Premises by Tenant shall be done according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 6, except as the same may be modified in the Approved Plans approved by or on behalf of Landlord and Tenant.

(a) Tenant’s Approved Plans and all design and construction of the Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards, including, but not limited to, reasonable requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriters and the Americans with disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et. Seq.).

(b) Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense (but payable from the Additional Premises Allowance), obtain all required building permits and occupancy permits. Tenant’s failure to obtain such permits shall not cause a delay in the Additional Premises Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.

(c) Tenant’s contractors shall be licensed contractors, using union labor, possessing good labor relations, capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and subcontractors and with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building. All work shall be coordinated with any other constructions or other work in the Building in order not to adversely affect construction work being performed by or for Landlord or its tenants. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant in such coordination with respect to any work being performed by or for Tenant.

(d) Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work comparable to materials used in other tenant improvements in the Building, except where explicitly shown in the Approved Plans. The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties of at least one (1) year duration from the completion of the Work against defects in workmanship and materials on all Work performed and equipment installed in the Additional Premises and/or the Existing Premises unless such warranties are not customarily obtained for the type of work and/or material involved, in which event Tenant shall obtain customary warranties.

(e) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall make all commercially reasonable efforts and take all commercially reasonable steps appropriate to assure that all

 

B-4


construction activities undertaken do not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building. In any event, Tenant shall during the performance of the Work and throughout the term of the Lease comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time to time at the Building which have heretofore been provided to Tenant (provided Landlord shall provide reasonable prior notice in respect of any new rules and regulation or any modifications of existing rules and regulations). Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall take all reasonable precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise and construction traffic, and to protect their facilities and the facilities of others affected by the Work and to properly police all personnel entering the Building in connection with the Work. Construction equipment and materials are to be kept within the Existing Premises and/or the Additional Premises (subject to the limitations contained in the Third Amendment) and delivery and loading of equipment and materials shall be done at such locations and at such time as Landlord reasonably shall direct so as not to burden the constructions or operation of the Building, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate the same.

(f) Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of Tenant’s Contractors who violate the Union Tower General Rules and Regulations for Contractors (a copy of which Tenant has received) or the other requirements of this Lease imposed on Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors to cease work and remove its equipment and employees from the Building provided, however, prior to any such order (i) if the violation is of such a nature that it threatens in Landlord’s discretion to create a hazardous condition or disrupt building operations or other tenants, then Landlord shall provide one (1) written notice and one (1) day right to cure, and (ii) if the violation is of any other type, then Landlord shall provide one (1) written notice and three (3) days right to cure; further provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any notice or cure rights as to either (i) or (ii) if a repeat violation of a substantially similar type occurs. In any event, Landlord may make the continuation of work contingent upon payment by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors of any damages or costs incurred by Landlord or other tenants as a result of such violation. No such action by Landlord shall delay the Additional Premises Commencement Date or the obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.

(g) Utility costs or charges for any service (including HVAC, hoisting and the like) to the Additional Premises in connection with and during the performance of the Work shall be the responsibility of Tenant and shall be paid for by Tenant at Landlord’s standard rates then in effect, provided, however, Landlord shall not charge for freight elevator usage unless an attendant or special operations are required, in Landlord’s discretion. Tenant shall pay for all support services provided by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s written request or at Landlord’s reasonable discretion resulting from breaches or defaults beyond applicable notice and cure periods by Tenant under this Work Letter Agreement. Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right to use the freight elevators during the business day on a first-come, first-serve basis without additional charges; all after- hours use shall be subject to scheduling by Landlord and to Tenant’s payment of Landlord’s out-of-pocket for such after-hours usage, including costs of necessary personnel. Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris and shall not place debris in the Building’s waste containers. If required by Landlord by the giving of

 

B-5


notice, Tenant shall sort and separate its waste and debris for recycling and/or environmental law compliance purposes.

(h) Tenant shall permit access to the Premises by Landlord upon reasonable prior notice to Marge Small at 312-583-8774 (which may be oral or by voice-mail), and the Work shall be subject to inspection, by Landlord and Landlord’s architects, engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all times during the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and following completion of the Work, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize its interference with the Work.

(i) Tenant shall proceed with its work expeditiously, continuously and efficiently, and Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the Work and shall furnish Landlord and Landlord’s title insurance company with such further documentation as may be reasonably necessary under the requirements herein.

(j) Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved Plans in performance of the Work (except for de minimis deviations of a type customarily not the subject of change orders), except as authorized by Landlord or its designated representative in writing in a change order approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord “as-built” drawings of the Work within thirty (30) days after completion of the Work.

(k) Reserved.

(l) Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this Work Letter Agreement against Tenant’s architect and Tenant’s Contractors

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Work will include any work, both within and outside the Additional Premises and Existing Premises that may be necessary in order for Tenant to use and occupy the Additional Premises.

6. INSURANCE.

In addition to any insurance which may be required under the Lease, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Contractors to secure, pay for and maintain during the continuance of construction and fixturing work within the Property or Additional Premises and/or Existing Premises, as applicable, insurance in the following minimum coverages and the following minimum limits of liability:

(i) Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance: (1) Workers’ Compensation insurance shall be provided as required by any applicable law or regulation. A waiver of subrogation endorsement is required. (2) Employers’ Liability insurance shall be provided in amounts not less than:

 

  1. One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) bodily injury for each accident

 

  2. One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) policy limit for bodily injury by disease

 

  3. One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by disease

 

B-6


(ii) Commercial general liability insurance including completed operations coverage naming the Landlord and Tenant as additional insured’s against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in, or about the building arising out of the work in the building and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. Such insurance shall have a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence with a Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) aggregate limit and excess umbrella liability insurance in the amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000). Such liability insurance shall be primary and not contributing to any insurance available to Landlord or Tenant and Landlord and Tenant’s insurance shall be in excess thereto. In no event shall the limits of such insurance be considered as limiting the liability of Contractor under this Agreement.

(iii) Business Automobile Liability Insurance: Contractor shall carry Automobile Liability insurance, including coverage for all owned, hired and non-owned automobiles. The limits of liability shall be not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit each accident for bodily injury and property damage.

(iv) The policies required to be maintained by Contractor shall be with companies rated A- X or better by the A.M. Best Company. Insurers shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the building is located and domiciled in the USA. Any deductible amounts under any insurance policies required hereunder shall be for property damage only and shall not exceed $5,000. Each policy of insurance shall provide notification to Tenant and Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or material change (except for cancellation for nonpayment of. premium in which case each policy shall provide such notification at least ten (10) days prior to any cancellation). Certificates of insurance (certified copies of the policies may be required) shall be delivered to Tenant and Landlord prior to the Commencement Date of the Agreement and annually thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the current policy. Certificates of insurance shall be accompanied by endorsement Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors Scheduled Person or Organization CG 2010 10 01 (or its equivalent) and endorsement CG 2037 10 01 Completed Operations (or its equivalent) should be included for contractors with products /completed operations. The coverage shall be maintained for three (3) years after final payment, with the total limits required herein. If requested by Landlord or Tenant, the Contractor shall furnish Certificates of Insurance verifying this coverage for the three (3) years after final payment.

7. ADDITIONAL PREMISES ALLOWANCE; EXCESS AMOUNTS.

(a) Upon Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Work Letter Agreement, Landlord shall make the Additional Premises Allowance available to Tenant for application to the extent thereof to the Costs of the Work in the Additional Premises and/or Existing Premises (and as otherwise provided in the Third Amendment). The Additional Premises Allowance shall be funded as the Tenant’s Work is completed in accordance with the provisions of this Work Letter Agreement If the Cost of the Work exceeds the Additional Premises Allowance, Tenant shall have sole responsibility for the payment of such excess cost. If the Cost of the Work is less than the Additional Premises Allowance, Landlord shall make such amounts available to reimburse Tenant for improvements to the Additional Premises and/or Existing Premises, or to pay Rent

 

B-7


due hereunder (subject to the limitations set forth in the Third Amendment), or to pay other costs incurred by Tenant subject to Landlord’s receipt of evidence of lien-free completion of the Work in accordance with the provisions herein.

(b) Landlord shall make progress payments from the Additional Premises Allowance to Tenant on a monthly basis, for the portion of the Tenant’s Work performed during the previous month, less a retainage of 10% of each progress payment (“Retainage”). Each of Landlord’s progress payments shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate amounts (reduced by the Retainage) therefore paid by Tenant to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers which have not been subject to previous disbursements from the Additional Premises Allowance. Provided that Tenant delivers requisitions to Landlord on or prior to the 1st day of any month, such progress payments shall be made within 30 days next following the delivery to Landlord of requisitions therefor, which requisitions shall be in the form of AIA document G702, set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due, and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by (i) copies of trailing lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers whose payment exceeds $25,000, covering all work and materials which are the subject of the prior progress payment, (ii) a written certification from Tenant’s Architect that the work for which the requisition is being made has been completed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and (iii) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request, including any documents reasonably required by landlord’s title company in connection with title drawdowns and endorsements. Landlord shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s requisition therefor accompanied by all documentation required under this paragraph together with (A) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and issuance of any required approvals, permits and sign-offs for the Tenant’s Work by governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover, (B) issuance of final lien and unconditional waivers by all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all of the Tenant Work, and (c) receipt of as-built plans for the Work.

(c) Tenant shall pay the excess of the aggregate cost of Tenant’s Work and the Landlord’s Construction Management Fee over the Additional Premises Allowance (the “Excess”) plus the cost of all work other than the Tenant’s Work, if any, which Tenant may elect to do in order to make the Additional Premises ready for Tenant’s occupancy and which has been approved by Landlord as provided herein. Landlord shall have no obligation to pay the Excess. If Landlord estimates prior to commencement of the Tenant’s Work or at any time or from time to time thereafter that there will be an Excess, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s good faith estimate of the amount thereof. Promptly after receipt of such notice, Tenant shall provide Landlord assurances reasonably acceptable to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay such Excess. Ninety percent (90%) of the Excess shall be funded by Tenant to pay costs of Tenant’s Work prior to initial or further disbursements of the Additional Premises Allowance, as the case may be, and if Tenant fails to do so within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord shall be entitled to suspend the funding of the Additional Premises Allowance until such time as Landlord receives evidence acceptable to Landlord of

 

B-8


Tenant’s funding of the Excess, and at Landlord’s option, a Default shall be deemed to have occurred under this Lease.

All of the Additional Premises Allowance must be used by Tenant on or before the expiration of twelve months after the Additional Premises Commencement Date or the balance shall be deemed unavailable to Tenant for any purpose.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) If the Plans for the Work require the construction and installation of more fire hose cabinets than the number regularly provided by Landlord in the core of the Building in which the Additional Premises are located, Tenant agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional fire hose cabinets or telephone/electrical closets, provided Additional Premises Allowance may be applied to all such costs and expenses.

(b) Time is of the essence with respect to the express periods provided under this Work Letter Agreement.

(c) If Tenant fails to make any payment relating to all or any portion of the Work as required hereunder, and Tenant’s failure to pay for such portion of the Work creates a safety risk, building code violation, or an unsightly condition, Landlord, at its option, may, after reasonable notice (unless the condition requires immediate cure) complete such portion of the Work pursuant to the Approved Plans necessary to cure such condition and continue to hold Tenant liable for the costs thereof and all other costs due to Landlord. Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts owed by Tenant hereunder when due or Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall also constitute a Default under the Lease and Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies granted to Landlord under the Lease for nonpayment of any amounts owed thereunder or failure by Tenant to perform its obligations thereunder.

(d) Notices under this Work Letter Agreement shall be given in the same manner as under the Lease.

(e) The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.

(f) This Work Letter Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of Tenant and Landlord regarding the Work. This Work Letter Agreement may only be amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant. This Work Letter Agreement is incorporated into the Lease by reference and made a part thereof to the extent applicable to the Work.

(g) All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be additional Rent due under the Lease.

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Any liability of Landlord under this Work Letter Agreement shall be limited solely to its equity interest in the Building, and in no event

 

B-9


shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with the Work Letter Agreement nor shall any recourse be had to any other properly or asset

 

B-10


EXHIBIT B-1

BASE RENT FOR ADDITIONAL PREMISES

(IN ADDITION TO BASE RENT DUE FOR EXISTING PREMISES UNDER LEASE)

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent     Monthly Base Rent  

Additional Premises Commencement Date-10/1/2010—9/30/2011

   $ 390,900.00   $ 32,575.00

10/1/2011—9/30/2012

   $ 403,930.00      $ 33,660.83   

10/1/2012—9/30/2013

   $ 416,960.00      $ 34,746.67   

10/1/2013—9/30/2014

   $ 429,990.00      $ 35,832.50   

 

* Provided Tenant is not in default under the Lease, all Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Additional Premises shall abate from the Additional Premises Commencement Date through and including the last day of January, 2011.

 

B-11

EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

2012 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “Restricted Stock Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                     , 20     (the “Date of Grant”), by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Huron”), and you (the “Recipient”).

BY ACCEPTING THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BELOW, YOU ARE ALSO GRANTING TO HURON AN IRREVOCABLE PROXY TO VOTE THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNTIL THEY VEST. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE SECTION 6 AND THE IRREVOCABLE PROXY BELOW.

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Huron has approved the grant to the Recipient of a Full Value Award pursuant to Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in the form of restricted stock as set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

2. Grant of Restricted Stock. Huron hereby grants to the Recipient a Full Value Award under the Plan in the form of restricted shares of Common Stock (the “Restricted Stock”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. The Recipient’s grant details, including the number of shares granted, vesting schedule and expiration date, are reflected in the Recipient’s Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC stock account. The Recipient’s grant and record of share ownership shall be kept on the books of Huron until the restrictions on transfer have lapsed pursuant to Section 3 below. Shares that have become vested pursuant to Section 3 below may be evidenced by stock certificates, at the request of the Recipient, which certificates shall be registered in the name of the Recipient and delivered to Recipient within five (5) days of such request.

3. Lapse of Restrictions. All shares of Restricted Stock shall be unvested unless and until they become Vested Shares in accordance with this Section 3. Except as otherwise provided below, the Restricted Stock shall become “Vested Shares” in accordance with the schedule reflected in the Recipient’s Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC stock account for this grant of Restricted Stock. In addition, in order for the shares of Restricted Stock to become Vested Shares, the Recipient must be employed by Huron or one of its Affiliates as of the applicable date that shares of Restricted Stock are to become Vested Shares except as specifically provided in the Plan or in an Alternative Agreement in effect on


the Date of Grant. Once shares of Restricted Stock have become Vested Shares, they shall no longer be considered shares of Restricted Stock.

4. Restrictions on Transfer. Except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, the Recipient may not sell, assign, pledge or transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of Restricted Stock or any rights under or with respect to shares of Restricted Stock and the rights of the Recipient with respect to shares of Restricted Stock shall not be subject to the claims of creditors of the Recipient.

5. Adjustment of Award. The number and type of shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall be adjusted by the Committee in accordance with the Plan to reflect corporate transactions which affect the number, type or value of Common Stock.

6. Rights as a Stockholder. Huron shall hold in escrow all dividends, if any, that are paid with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed. The Recipient agrees that the right to vote any shares of Restricted Stock for which the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 3 hereof have not yet lapsed (the “Unvested Shares”) will be held by Huron and, accordingly, shall execute an irrevocable proxy in favor of Huron for all shares of Restricted Stock in the form supplied by Huron.

7. Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be deemed given when delivered personally, or when deposited in a United States Post Office, postage prepaid, addressed, as appropriate, to the Recipient either at the Recipient’s address as last known by Huron or such other address as the Recipient may designate in writing to Huron.

8. Securities Laws Requirements. Huron shall not be obligated to transfer any shares of Common Stock from the Recipient to another party, if such transfer, in the opinion of counsel for Huron, would violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time (or any other federal or state statutes having similar requirements as may be in effect at that time). Further, Huron may require as a condition of transfer of any shares of Common Stock to the Recipient that the Recipient furnish a written representation that he or she is holding the shares for investment and not with a view to resale or distribution to the public.

9. Protections Against Violations of Restricted Stock Agreement. No purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any of the shares of Restricted Stock by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of Huron, shall be valid, and Huron will not transfer any of said shares of Restricted Stock on its books nor will any of said shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to vote, nor will any dividends be paid thereon, unless and until there has been full compliance with said provisions to the satisfaction of Huron. The foregoing restrictions are in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies, legal or equitable, available to enforce said provisions.

 

2


10. Taxes. The award hereunder and any payments or distributions pursuant to the award are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. The Recipient understands that he or she (and not Huron or any of its affiliates) shall be responsible for any tax obligation that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Restricted Stock Agreement and shall pay to Huron the amount determined by Huron to be such tax obligation at the time such tax obligation arises. If the Recipient fails to make such payment, the number of shares necessary to satisfy the tax obligations shall be withheld and shall be used to satisfy the Recipient’s tax obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Huron has the right, but is not obligated, to withhold any shares of Common Stock to satisfy any applicable withholding taxes required by law, to the extent that Huron determines it is required to do so by law. The Recipient shall promptly notify Huron of any election made pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code).

THE RECIPIENT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE RECIPIENT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT HURON’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, IN THE EVENT THAT THE RECIPIENT DESIRES TO MAKE THE ELECTION.

11. Legend. Huron’s Secretary shall, or shall instruct Huron’s transfer agent to, provide stop transfer instructions in Huron’s stock records to prevent any transfer of the Restricted Stock for any purpose until the stock is vested. Any certificate that the Secretary or the transfer agent deems necessary to issue to represent shares of Restricted Stock shall, until all restrictions lapse and new certificates are issued, bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN VESTING REQUIREMENTS AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO REACQUISITION BY HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC. (“HURON”) UNDER THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN HURON AND THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES. PRIOR TO VESTING OF OWNERSHIP IN THE SECURITIES, THEY MAY NOT BE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OFFERED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. COPIES OF THE ABOVE REFERENCED AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE AT THE OFFICES OF HURON AT 550 WEST VAN BUREN STREET, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60607.

12. Failure to Enforce Not a Waiver. The failure of Huron to enforce at any time any provision of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.

13. Governing Law. This Restricted Stock Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

3


14. Amendment and Termination. The Board of Directors may, at any time, suspend or terminate the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever, subject to certain limitations; provided, however, without the consent of the Recipient, no such action may reduce the Recipient’s rights under this award. Certain adjustments and amendments shall not be subject to the foregoing limitations as described in the Plan.

15. Administration. The authority to administer and interpret this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all the powers with respect to the award hereunder and this Restricted Stock Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of this Restricted Stock Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Restricted Stock Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

16. Survival of Terms. This Restricted Stock Agreement shall apply to and bind the Recipient and Huron and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

17. Agreement Not a Contract for Services. Neither the grant of Restricted Stock, this Restricted Stock Agreement nor any other action taken pursuant to this Restricted Stock Agreement shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Recipient has a right to continue to provide services as an officer, director, employee or consultant of Huron for any period of time or at any specific rate of compensation.

18. Severability. If a provision of this Restricted Stock Agreement is held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions will nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, if any provision is held to be over broad as written, that provision shall be amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to applicable law and enforced as amended.

19. Incorporation of Plan; Acknowledgement. The Plan is hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and the shares of Restricted Stock and this Restricted Stock Agreement are subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan terms and the conditions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. By signing a copy of this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Recipient acknowledges having received and read a copy of the Plan.

20. Execution of Award Agreement. The award granted to the Recipient pursuant to this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to the Recipient’s execution and return of this Restricted Stock Agreement to Huron or its designee (including by electronic means) and if this Restricted Stock Agreement is not so executed and returned prior to the first date on which shares of Restricted Stock become Vested Shares, the award shall be forfeited in its entirety.

The parties hereto have executed and delivered this Restricted Stock Agreement as of                     , 20    .

 

4


IRREVOCABLE PROXY

I, the undersigned, hereby irrevocably authorize and empower Huron Consulting Group Inc. (the “Proxy”) to represent me with respect to any and all Unvested Shares, as such term is defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement, dated                     , 20     by and between Huron Consulting Group Inc. (“Huron”) and me (“Restricted Stock Agreement”), at any and all general meetings of the shareholders of Huron.

The Proxy is irrevocably authorized and empowered to receive, in my stead, any and all notices of and invitations to Huron’s general meetings, and to participate in all such general meetings; and the Proxy is authorized and empowered to vote all such Unvested Shares in such manner as the Proxy shall, in the Proxy’s sole discretion, deem to be in the best interests of Huron.

This proxy shall remain in full force and effect until the shares of Restricted Stock granted to me pursuant to the Restricted Stock Agreement have vested in accordance with the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement and have become Vested Shares (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement), unless otherwise determined by Huron.

DATE:                     , 20    

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Huron Consulting Group Holdings LLC

   Delaware

Huron (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

Huron Consulting South East Asia PTE. LTD.

   Singapore

Huron Middle East LLC

   United Arab Emirates - Dubai

Huron Saudi Limited

   Saudi Arabia

Huron Consulting Services LLC

   Delaware

Huron Management Services LLC

   Delaware

Huron Demand LLC

   Delaware

Conseillers Huron Canada Limitée

   Canada and Quebec

Huron Technologies Inc.

   Delaware

Huron Legal (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

Huron India Private Limited

   India

Huron Consulting Deutschland GmbH

   Frankfurt Germany

Huron Consulting Switzerland GmbH

   Switzerland

Huron Legal Technologies (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

LegalSource LLC

   Delaware
EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-119697, 333-137107, 333-166542 and 333-181445) of Huron Consulting Group Inc. of our report dated February 21, 2013 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, IL
February 21, 2013
EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James H. Roth, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Huron Consulting Group Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 21, 2013     By:   /s/ James H. Roth
      James H. Roth
      President and Chief Executive Officer
EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, C. Mark Hussey, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Huron Consulting Group Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 21, 2013     By:   /s/ C. Mark Hussey
      C. Mark Hussey
      Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
      and Treasurer
EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Huron Consulting Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James H. Roth, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

 

Date: February 21, 2013     By:   /s/ James H. Roth
      James H. Roth
      President and Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Form 10-K and shall not be considered filed as part of the Form 10-K.

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Huron Consulting Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, C. Mark Hussey, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

 

Date: February 21, 2013     By:   /s/ C. Mark Hussey
      C. Mark Hussey
      Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
      and Treasurer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Form 10-K and shall not be considered filed as part of the Form 10-K.